1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
75 \bibtex_command default
76 \index_command default
80 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
81 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
85 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
86 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
87 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
92 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
93 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
102 \paperorientation portrait
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes false
127 \output_changes false
128 \html_use_mathml true
130 \author 1 "Richard Heck"
144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
146 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
148 \begin_inset CommandInset href
150 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
161 \begin_inset Newline newline
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Note Note
172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
173 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
179 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
187 \begin_layout Standard
188 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
189 LatexCommand tableofcontents
196 \begin_layout Chapter
200 \begin_layout Section
204 \begin_layout Standard
205 LyX is a document preparation system.
206 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
207 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
208 It is unlike most other
209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
218 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 pt type, left justified, 5
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
247 \begin_layout Standard
248 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
261 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
265 \begin_layout Standard
267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
278 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
279 the format of all of the manuals.
280 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
281 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
298 \begin_layout Section
302 \begin_layout Standard
303 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
305 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
306 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
386 \begin_inset Index idx
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
412 \begin_inset Index idx
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
523 \begin_inset Index idx
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
541 \begin_inset Index idx
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that — a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
832 \begin_inset Index idx
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
987 \begin_inset Index idx
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1047 \begin_inset Index idx
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 \begin_inset Index idx
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1212 \begin_inset Index idx
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1222 \begin_inset Index idx
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1318 \begin_inset Index idx
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1414 \begin_inset Index idx
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1611 \begin_inset Graphics
1612 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1618 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1619 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1620 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1621 go back to your last editing position.
1624 \begin_layout Section
1626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1636 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1641 \begin_inset Index idx
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1651 \begin_inset Index idx
1654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1685 \begin_layout Standard
1686 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1688 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1689 is used to propose completions.
1692 \begin_layout Standard
1693 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1694 there are completions available.
1695 You can then press the
1699 key to use this completion.
1700 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1701 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1702 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1709 \begin_layout Standard
1710 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1712 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1717 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1720 by deselecting the option
1727 Automatic inline completion
1729 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1730 To accept this proposal, use the
1739 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1740 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1748 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1755 \begin_layout Section
1757 \begin_inset Index idx
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1767 \begin_inset Index idx
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1799 \begin_inset Index idx
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1834 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1835 LyX's default is CUA.
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1842 \begin_inset space ~
1850 \begin_inset space ~
1871 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1875 \begin_layout Labeling
1876 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1881 LatexCommand nomenclature
1883 description "Tabulator key"
1889 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1890 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1891 \begin_inset space ~
1895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1897 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1908 , especially section
1909 \begin_inset space ~
1913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1915 reference "sub:Lists"
1921 If you're still confused, look in the
1928 \begin_layout Labeling
1929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1933 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1934 LatexCommand nomenclature
1936 description "Escape key"
1943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1950 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1951 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1954 \begin_layout Labeling
1955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1961 \begin_inset space ~
1965 \begin_inset space ~
1972 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1973 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1977 \begin_layout Standard
1978 There are three modifier keys:
1981 \begin_layout Labeling
1982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2000 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2001 LatexCommand nomenclature
2003 description "Control key"
2007 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2008 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2012 \begin_layout Itemize
2021 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2024 \begin_layout Itemize
2033 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2036 \begin_layout Itemize
2045 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2068 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2069 LatexCommand nomenclature
2071 description "Shift key"
2075 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2076 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2079 \begin_layout Labeling
2080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2098 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2099 LatexCommand nomenclature
2101 description "Alt or Meta key"
2105 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2106 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2107 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2113 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2115 menu accelerator keys
2118 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2119 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2123 \begin_layout Standard
2124 For example, the sequence
2125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2131 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2141 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2168 \begin_inset space ~
2174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2184 \begin_layout Standard
2189 manual lists all other things bound to the
2197 \begin_layout Standard
2198 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2199 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2200 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2201 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2202 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2203 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2204 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2205 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 followed by a capital
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2229 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2231 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2236 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2239 as explained in sec.
2240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2246 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2253 \begin_layout Chapter
2255 \begin_inset Index idx
2258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2267 \begin_layout Section
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Subsection
2285 \begin_layout Standard
2286 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2287 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2288 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2289 numbering schemes, and so on.
2290 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2291 and format the title of your document differently.
2294 \begin_layout Standard
2299 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2300 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2301 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2302 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2303 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2308 how to adjust their properties.
2311 \begin_layout Subsection
2313 \begin_inset Index idx
2316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2325 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2332 \begin_layout Standard
2333 You can select a class using the
2335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2337 \begin_inset Index idx
2340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2362 \begin_layout Description
2363 Article for basic articles
2366 \begin_layout Description
2367 Report for basic reports
2370 \begin_layout Description
2371 Book for writing a book
2374 \begin_layout Description
2375 Letter for US-style letters
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2381 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2382 can be found in chapter
2384 Special Document Classes
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2397 \begin_layout Description
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2413 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2417 \begin_layout Description
2418 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2419 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2420 There are three article layouts available.
2421 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2422 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2423 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2424 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2429 sequential numbering
2430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2433 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2434 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2435 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2436 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2439 \begin_layout Description
2440 Beamer Layout for presentations
2443 \begin_layout Description
2444 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2445 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2449 \begin_layout Description
2451 \begin_inset space ~
2454 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2457 \begin_layout Description
2458 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2461 \begin_layout Description
2464 Die TeXnische Komödie
2466 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2469 \begin_layout Description
2470 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2473 \begin_layout Description
2474 Foils Used to make transparencies
2477 \begin_layout Description
2478 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2483 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2489 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2492 \begin_layout Description
2493 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2496 \begin_layout Description
2497 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2502 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2505 \begin_layout Description
2506 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2509 \begin_layout Description
2514 LaTeX document class
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2521 \begin_layout Description
2526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2533 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2534 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2536 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Slides Used to make transparencies
2543 \begin_layout Description
2545 \begin_inset space ~
2548 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2549 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2552 \begin_layout Description
2553 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2556 \begin_layout Description
2561 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2564 \begin_layout Standard
2565 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2567 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2572 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2573 of the document classes.
2576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2585 \begin_inset Index idx
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2599 in the chosen document class.
2600 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2602 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2603 the corresponding module in the
2609 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2613 \begin_inset Index idx
2616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2623 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2627 \begin_layout Standard
2628 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2637 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2646 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 Each class has a default set of options.
2668 Here's a quick table describing them:
2671 \begin_layout Standard
2672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2678 \begin_layout Standard
2680 \begin_inset Tabular
2681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2682 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Standard
3142 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 You're probably also wondering what
3150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3154 \begin_inset space ~
3158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3162 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3163 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3168 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3173 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3183 headings, there are also
3191 headings, and so on.
3192 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3193 \begin_inset space ~
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3199 reference "sub:Headings"
3206 \begin_layout Subsection
3208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3210 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3215 \begin_inset Index idx
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3227 \begin_inset Index idx
3230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3239 \begin_layout Standard
3240 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3242 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3253 \begin_inset space ~
3258 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3260 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3261 to use for your document.
3262 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3266 \begin_layout Standard
3273 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3279 \begin_inset space ~
3284 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3285 You can choose between the following five options:
3288 \begin_layout Labeling
3289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3294 Use default page style of current class.
3297 \begin_layout Labeling
3298 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3303 No page numbers or headings.
3306 \begin_layout Labeling
3307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3322 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3323 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3326 \begin_layout Labeling
3327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3332 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3338 \begin_inset Index idx
3341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3342 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3348 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3349 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3351 Check the documentation for the
3355 package for more details,
3356 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3365 \begin_layout Standard
3370 of paragraphs is described in section
3371 \begin_inset space ~
3375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3377 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3384 \begin_layout Subsection
3385 Paper Size and Orientation
3386 \begin_inset Index idx
3389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3390 Document ! Paper size
3396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3398 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3405 \begin_layout Standard
3406 You'll find the following options in the menu
3409 \begin_inset space ~
3414 of the dialog of the
3416 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3422 \begin_inset Index idx
3425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 \begin_layout Labeling
3435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3439 \begin_inset space ~
3444 What size paper to print on.
3448 \begin_layout Itemize
3454 \begin_layout Itemize
3464 \begin_layout Itemize
3470 \begin_layout Itemize
3476 \begin_layout Itemize
3482 \begin_layout Itemize
3488 \begin_layout Itemize
3494 \begin_layout Labeling
3495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3500 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3511 \begin_layout Labeling
3512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3516 \begin_inset space ~
3521 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3522 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3525 \begin_layout Subsection
3527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3534 \begin_inset Index idx
3537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3544 \begin_inset Index idx
3547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3556 \begin_layout Standard
3557 Paper margins are set in the menu
3559 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3563 \begin_inset Index idx
3566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3577 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3578 the paper format and the font size into account.
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Standard
3586 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3591 That includes the paragraph environments.
3592 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3593 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3594 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3595 paragraph environments to
3599 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3600 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3601 the conversion and why it failed.
3604 \begin_layout Section
3605 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3606 \begin_inset Index idx
3609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3610 Paragraph ! Indentation
3618 \begin_layout Subsection
3620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3622 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3629 \begin_layout Standard
3630 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3631 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3634 \begin_layout Standard
3635 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3636 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3637 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3638 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3642 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3648 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3649 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3650 language than English.
3651 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3655 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3656 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3658 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3659 LyX takes care of that.
3660 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3662 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3663 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3664 of a page, and so on.
3668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3669 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3674 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3675 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3679 of these pre-coded spacings.
3680 We'll explain more later.
3683 \begin_layout Subsection
3684 Paragraph Separation
3685 \begin_inset Index idx
3688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3689 Paragraph ! Separation
3697 \begin_layout Standard
3698 To separate paragraphs, select
3709 \begin_inset space ~
3716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3720 \begin_inset Index idx
3723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3730 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3731 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3745 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3746 \begin_inset space ~
3750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3752 reference "cap:Units"
3757 The default length is 30
3758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3764 \begin_layout Subsection
3768 \begin_layout Standard
3769 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3772 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3774 \begin_inset space ~
3779 dialog and toggle the
3782 \begin_inset space ~
3787 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3790 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3794 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3795 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3799 \begin_layout Standard
3800 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3801 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3804 \begin_layout Subsection
3806 \begin_inset Index idx
3809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3810 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3825 \begin_inset Index idx
3828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3837 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3840 \begin_inset space ~
3849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3850 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3855 \begin_inset Index idx
3858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3859 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3864 installed to use this feature.
3872 \begin_layout Section
3873 Paragraph Environments
3874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3876 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3881 \begin_inset Index idx
3884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3885 Paragraph ! Environments
3891 \begin_inset Index idx
3894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3895 Paragraph environments|(
3903 \begin_layout Subsection
3907 \begin_layout Standard
3908 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3930 \begin_inset Newline newline
3933 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3934 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3935 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3944 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3947 \begin_layout Standard
3948 A paragraph environment is simply a
3949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3956 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3957 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3958 scheme, labels, and so on.
3959 Additionally, you can
3960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3967 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3968 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3969 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3970 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3971 days of typewriters.
3972 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3974 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3978 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3979 \begin_inset Graphics
3980 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3986 at the left end of the toolbar.
3987 LyX will change the environment of the
3991 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3992 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3993 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3997 \begin_layout Standard
4006 create a new paragraph using the
4010 paragraph environment.
4012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4019 because if you are in one of these environments:
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4028 \begin_layout Itemize
4034 \begin_layout Itemize
4040 \begin_layout Itemize
4046 \begin_layout Itemize
4052 \begin_layout Itemize
4058 \begin_layout Itemize
4064 \begin_layout Standard
4065 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4069 , rather than resetting it to
4074 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4075 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4076 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4077 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4083 reference "sec:Nesting"
4088 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4093 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4094 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4098 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4104 \begin_layout Subsection
4108 \begin_layout Standard
4109 The default paragraph environment is
4114 It creates a plain paragraph.
4115 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4116 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4117 this manual) are in the
4124 \begin_layout Standard
4125 You can nest a paragraph using the
4129 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4137 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_inset Index idx
4142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4151 \begin_layout Standard
4152 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4161 for thanks or contact information.
4162 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4163 page along with today's date.
4164 For other types of documents, the title
4165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4172 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4176 \begin_layout Standard
4177 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4191 Here's how you use them:
4194 \begin_layout Itemize
4195 Put the title of your document in the
4202 \begin_layout Itemize
4203 Put the author name in the
4210 \begin_layout Itemize
4211 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4212 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4218 Note that using this environment is optional.
4219 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4220 If you don't want any date, add the line
4221 \begin_inset Newline newline
4231 \begin_inset Newline newline
4234 to the preamble of your document (menu
4236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4242 \begin_layout Standard
4243 You can use footnotes to insert
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 or contact information.
4254 \begin_layout Subsection
4256 \begin_inset Index idx
4259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4275 \begin_layout Standard
4276 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4277 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4282 \begin_inset Index idx
4285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4286 Section headings ! Numbered
4294 \begin_layout Standard
4295 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4299 \begin_layout Enumerate
4305 \begin_layout Enumerate
4311 \begin_layout Enumerate
4317 \begin_layout Enumerate
4323 \begin_layout Enumerate
4329 \begin_layout Enumerate
4335 \begin_layout Enumerate
4341 \begin_layout Standard
4342 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4343 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4344 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4347 \begin_layout Standard
4348 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4349 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4350 You group the book into chapters.
4351 LyX does similar grouping:
4354 \begin_layout Itemize
4359 is divided in either
4370 \begin_layout Itemize
4382 \begin_layout Itemize
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4418 \begin_layout Itemize
4430 \begin_layout Standard
4431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4439 Not all document types use the
4443 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4448 is the top-level heading.
4456 \begin_layout Standard
4461 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4462 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4464 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4478 \begin_inset Index idx
4481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4482 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4490 \begin_layout Standard
4491 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4495 \begin_layout Enumerate
4501 \begin_layout Enumerate
4507 \begin_layout Enumerate
4513 \begin_layout Enumerate
4519 \begin_layout Enumerate
4525 \begin_layout Standard
4527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4534 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4535 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4536 table of contents, see section
4537 \begin_inset space ~
4541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4550 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4551 Changing the Numbering
4552 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4554 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4561 \begin_layout Standard
4562 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4563 in the Table of Contents.
4564 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4566 Certain classes start with
4580 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4590 This is something you can change.
4593 \begin_layout Standard
4596 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4602 \begin_inset Index idx
4605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4616 \begin_inset space ~
4620 \begin_inset space ~
4625 you'll see two counters.
4630 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4632 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4637 Short Titles of Headings
4638 \begin_inset Index idx
4641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4642 Section headings ! Short titles
4651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4660 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4667 \begin_layout Standard
4668 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4669 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4670 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4671 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4674 \begin_layout Standard
4675 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4676 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4677 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4678 To specify a short title, use the menu
4680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4682 \begin_inset space ~
4688 This will insert a box labeled
4689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4704 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4705 This also works for captions inside floats.
4708 \begin_layout Standard
4709 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4716 \begin_layout Standard
4717 The following information applies to all section headings:
4720 \begin_layout Itemize
4721 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4724 \begin_layout Itemize
4725 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4728 \begin_layout Itemize
4729 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4732 \begin_layout Itemize
4733 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4736 \begin_layout Subsection
4737 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4740 \begin_layout Standard
4741 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4755 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4756 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4757 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4758 the text they contain.
4759 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4767 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4770 \begin_layout Standard
4771 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4780 when you start a new paragraph.
4781 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4785 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4786 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4787 to change back to the
4791 environment yourself.
4794 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4811 \begin_inset Index idx
4814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4824 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4825 time for the differences.
4834 are identical except for one difference:
4838 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4847 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4850 \begin_layout Standard
4851 Here's an example of the
4864 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4866 See – no indentation!
4870 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4871 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4872 the other paragraph.
4875 \begin_layout Standard
4876 Here's another example, this time in the
4883 \begin_layout Quotation
4889 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4890 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4891 the first line, then
4895 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4899 you were quoting other text.
4902 \begin_layout Quotation
4903 Here's a new paragraph.
4904 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4905 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 As the examples show,
4913 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4914 They should put quotes in the
4919 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4923 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4932 \begin_inset Index idx
4935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4944 \begin_inset Index idx
4947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4963 \begin_layout Standard
4968 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4974 \begin_inset Newline newline
4977 Which I did not rehearse!
4981 It could be much worse.
4982 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4984 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4985 indented a bit more than the first.
4986 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4992 \begin_inset Newline newline
4995 And make things look fine
4996 \begin_inset Newline newline
5002 arg "newline-insert newline"
5008 \begin_layout Standard
5013 does not indent both margins.
5014 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5015 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5022 arg "newline-insert newline"
5028 \begin_layout Subsection
5030 \begin_inset Index idx
5033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5049 \begin_layout Standard
5050 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5060 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5069 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5070 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5071 some general features of all four of them.
5074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5081 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5090 reset the environment to
5094 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5095 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5096 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5100 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5103 to break paragraphs.
5106 \begin_layout Standard
5107 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5108 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5110 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5111 you read all of section
5112 \begin_inset space ~
5116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5118 reference "sec:Nesting"
5126 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5132 \begin_inset Index idx
5135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5151 \begin_layout Standard
5152 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5156 paragraph environment.
5157 It has the following properties:
5160 \begin_layout Itemize
5161 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5165 \begin_layout Itemize
5166 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5169 \begin_layout Itemize
5170 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5174 \begin_layout Itemize
5175 The items can have any length.
5176 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5177 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5184 \begin_layout Itemize
5189 environment inside another
5193 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5197 \begin_layout Itemize
5198 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5201 \begin_layout Itemize
5202 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5205 \begin_layout Itemize
5207 \begin_inset space ~
5211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5213 reference "sec:Nesting"
5217 for a full explanation of nesting.
5221 \begin_layout Standard
5222 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5231 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5234 \begin_layout Standard
5235 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5236 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5239 \begin_layout Itemize
5240 The label for the first level
5244 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5249 The label for the second level is a dash.
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5263 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 Back out to the third level.
5268 \begin_layout Itemize
5269 Back to the second level.
5273 \begin_layout Itemize
5274 Back to the outermost level.
5277 \begin_layout Standard
5278 These are the default labels for an
5283 You can customize these labels in the
5285 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5288 dialog in the submenu
5295 \begin_inset Index idx
5298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5307 \begin_layout Standard
5308 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5309 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5311 \begin_inset space ~
5315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5317 reference "sec:Nesting"
5324 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5330 \begin_inset Index idx
5333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5340 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5342 name "sec:Enumerate"
5349 \begin_layout Standard
5354 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5355 It has these properties:
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5359 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5364 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5368 \begin_layout Enumerate
5369 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5372 \begin_layout Enumerate
5377 environment resets the counter to one.
5380 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5395 Items can have any length.
5398 \begin_layout Enumerate
5399 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5402 \begin_layout Enumerate
5403 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5406 \begin_layout Enumerate
5407 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5411 \begin_layout Standard
5420 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5421 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5428 \begin_layout Enumerate
5429 The first level of an
5433 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5442 \begin_layout Enumerate
5443 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5447 \begin_layout Enumerate
5448 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5457 \begin_layout Enumerate
5458 Back to the third level
5462 \begin_layout Enumerate
5463 Back to the second level.
5467 \begin_layout Enumerate
5468 Back to the outermost level.
5471 \begin_layout Standard
5472 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5477 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5482 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5486 \begin_layout Standard
5487 There is more to nesting
5491 environments than we've stated here.
5492 You should read section
5493 \begin_inset space ~
5497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5499 reference "sec:Nesting"
5503 to learn more about nesting.
5506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5512 \begin_inset Index idx
5515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5524 \begin_layout Standard
5525 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5529 list has no fixed label.
5530 Instead, LyX uses the first
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5538 of the first line as the label.
5542 \begin_layout Description
5543 Example: This is an example of the
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5551 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5555 \begin_layout Standard
5557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5564 it is meant that the first hit of the
5568 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5570 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5578 arg "space-insert protected"
5583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5584 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5592 \begin_inset space ~
5596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5598 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5602 for more info.) Here is an example:
5605 \begin_layout Description
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5610 Example: This one shows how to use a
5613 \begin_inset space ~
5625 \begin_layout Description
5626 Usage: You should use the
5630 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5631 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5633 It's not a good idea to use a
5637 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5638 You're better off using
5650 paragraphs into them.
5653 \begin_layout Description
5654 Nesting: You can nest
5658 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5662 \begin_layout Standard
5663 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5664 them from the first line.
5667 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5673 \begin_inset Index idx
5676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5690 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5693 \begin_layout Standard
5694 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5702 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5707 environment is named
5719 \begin_layout Standard
5728 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5729 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5732 \begin_layout Labeling
5733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5735 \begin_inset space ~
5738 labels LyX uses the first
5739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5746 of each line as the item label.
5751 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5752 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5753 blank as described above.
5756 \begin_layout Labeling
5757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5758 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5759 the body of the item text.
5760 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5761 label width plus a little extra space.
5765 \begin_layout Labeling
5766 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5768 \begin_inset space ~
5771 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5773 If the label width is larger, the label
5774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5781 into the first line.
5782 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5783 margin of the rest of the item text.
5786 \begin_layout Labeling
5787 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5792 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5797 environment have the same left margin.
5798 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5804 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5806 \begin_inset space ~
5815 \begin_inset space ~
5820 determines the default label width.
5821 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5830 multiple times instead.
5831 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5840 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5843 \begin_inset space ~
5848 every time you alter a label in a
5853 \begin_inset Newline newline
5856 The predefined default width is the length of
5857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5866 \begin_inset Newline newline
5870 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5878 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5879 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5887 \begin_layout Standard
5892 environment the same way like the
5896 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5902 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5906 \begin_layout Standard
5911 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5913 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5915 \begin_inset space ~
5919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5921 reference "sec:Nesting"
5925 to learn about nesting.
5928 \begin_layout Standard
5929 There is yet another feature of the
5933 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5935 You can use additional
5939 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5944 are documented in section
5945 \begin_inset space ~
5949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5951 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5956 Here are some examples:
5957 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5963 \begin_layout Labeling
5964 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 Left The default for
5972 \begin_layout Labeling
5973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5974 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5981 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5984 \begin_layout Labeling
5985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5986 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5990 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5997 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6000 \begin_layout Subsection
6002 \begin_inset Index idx
6005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6022 \begin_inset space ~
6030 \begin_layout Standard
6031 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6039 \begin_inset space ~
6045 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6046 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6047 In contrast, you can use the
6054 \begin_inset space ~
6059 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6060 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6064 \begin_layout Standard
6065 Of course, you're not limited to using
6072 \begin_inset space ~
6081 \begin_inset space ~
6086 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6087 some European academic papers.
6090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6094 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6106 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6107 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6111 \begin_inset space ~
6116 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6117 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6118 Here's an example of each:
6121 \begin_layout Right Address
6123 \begin_inset Newline newline
6127 \begin_inset Newline newline
6131 \begin_inset Newline newline
6134 When is it? What is today?
6137 \begin_layout Standard
6141 \begin_inset space ~
6147 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6148 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6149 Here's an example of the
6156 \begin_layout Address
6158 \begin_inset Newline newline
6161 Where do I send this
6162 \begin_inset Newline newline
6165 Your post office and country
6168 \begin_layout Standard
6169 As you can see, both
6176 \begin_inset space ~
6181 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6186 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6192 This makes sense, since
6200 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6201 Thus, you have to use
6208 arg "newline-insert newline"
6214 \begin_inset space ~
6217 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6228 menu) to start a new line in an
6235 \begin_inset space ~
6243 \begin_layout Subsection
6247 \begin_layout Standard
6248 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6249 or list of references.
6250 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6257 \begin_inset Index idx
6260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6274 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6275 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6276 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6277 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6281 in anything else or vice versa.
6287 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6288 The book document classes ignores the
6292 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6296 in a letter document class.
6299 \begin_layout Standard
6304 environment does several things for you.
6305 First, it puts the centered label
6306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6314 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6316 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6317 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6318 the subsequent text.
6319 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6320 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6323 \begin_layout Standard
6324 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6328 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6329 The new paragraph will still be in the
6334 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6335 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6338 \begin_layout Standard
6339 \begin_inset Float figure
6344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6346 \begin_inset Graphics
6347 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6355 \begin_inset Caption
6357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6360 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6381 \begin_layout Standard
6382 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6386 environment, but since this document is in the
6387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6394 class, we can't do this.
6395 We inserted it therefore as figure
6396 \begin_inset space ~
6400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6402 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6407 If you've never heard of an
6408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6415 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6418 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6424 \begin_inset Index idx
6427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6436 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6443 \begin_layout Standard
6448 environment is used to list references.
6449 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6450 only use it at the end of the document.
6455 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6458 \begin_layout Standard
6459 When you first open a
6463 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6479 depending on the document class.
6480 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6481 Each paragraph of the
6485 environment is a bibliography entry.
6490 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6491 Each new paragraph is still in the
6498 \begin_layout Standard
6499 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6500 by using a BibTeX database.
6501 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6502 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6503 \begin_inset space ~
6507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6509 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6516 \begin_layout Subsection
6520 \begin_inset Index idx
6523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6524 Paragraph ! LyX code
6530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6539 \begin_layout Standard
6544 environment is another LyX extension.
6545 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6550 key as a fixed whitespace;
6554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6566 \begin_inset space ~
6571 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6576 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6577 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6580 arg "newline-insert newline"
6597 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6598 So, when you finish using the
6602 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6603 Also, you can nest the
6607 environment inside of others.
6610 \begin_layout Standard
6611 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6614 \begin_layout Itemize
6618 arg "newline-insert newline"
6621 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6626 \begin_inset space \space{}
6636 arg "newline-insert newline"
6642 \begin_layout Itemize
6646 arg "newline-insert newline"
6657 \begin_layout Itemize
6662 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6669 \begin_layout Itemize
6673 arg "space-insert protected"
6680 \begin_layout Itemize
6681 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6682 You must put at least one
6686 in any line you want blank.
6687 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6691 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6695 since that will insert
6700 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6703 arg "self-insert \""
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6713 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6717 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6729 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6730 printf("Hello World!
6735 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6739 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 This is just the standard
6745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6756 \begin_layout Standard
6761 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6762 rc-files, and so on.
6763 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6764 as if you used a typewriter.
6765 \begin_inset Index idx
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6769 Paragraph environments|)
6777 \begin_layout Section
6778 Nesting Environments
6779 \begin_inset Index idx
6782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6783 Nesting ! Environments
6789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6798 \begin_layout Subsection
6802 \begin_layout Standard
6803 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6805 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6807 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6809 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6821 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6830 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 \begin_layout Enumerate
6839 \begin_layout Enumerate
6843 \begin_layout Standard
6844 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6845 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6848 \begin_inset space ~
6852 \begin_inset space ~
6860 \begin_inset space ~
6864 \begin_inset space ~
6873 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6874 will tell you how far you are nested).
6875 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6876 \begin_inset Graphics
6877 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6882 \begin_inset Graphics
6883 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6887 or the convenient key bindings
6898 arg "depth-increment"
6904 arg "depth-decrement"
6907 to change the nesting level.
6908 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6909 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6915 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6916 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6917 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6922 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6924 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6927 \begin_layout Subsection
6928 What You Can and Can't Nest
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6933 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6938 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6939 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6942 \begin_layout Itemize
6943 Completely unnestable
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6951 \begin_layout Itemize
6952 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6958 environments have them:
6961 \begin_layout Description
6962 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6963 Can't nest into them.
6967 \begin_layout Itemize
6973 \begin_layout Itemize
6979 \begin_layout Itemize
6985 \begin_layout Itemize
6991 \begin_layout Itemize
6998 \begin_layout Description
7000 \begin_inset space ~
7003 Nestable You can nest them.
7004 You can nest other things into them.
7008 \begin_layout Itemize
7014 \begin_layout Itemize
7020 \begin_layout Itemize
7026 \begin_layout Itemize
7032 \begin_layout Itemize
7038 \begin_layout Itemize
7044 \begin_layout Itemize
7050 \begin_layout Itemize
7057 \begin_layout Description
7058 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7059 You can't nest anything into them.
7063 \begin_layout Itemize
7069 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Itemize
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7093 \begin_layout Itemize
7099 \begin_layout Itemize
7105 \begin_layout Itemize
7111 \begin_layout Itemize
7117 \begin_layout Itemize
7123 \begin_layout Itemize
7129 \begin_layout Itemize
7135 \begin_layout Itemize
7141 \begin_layout Itemize
7145 \begin_inset space ~
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7158 \begin_layout Standard
7159 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7167 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7176 \begin_inset space ~
7180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7184 \begin_inset space \space{}
7187 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7188 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7189 section headings violate this.
7197 \begin_layout Subsection
7198 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7199 \begin_inset Index idx
7202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7203 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7211 \begin_layout Standard
7212 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7213 affected by nesting anyhow.
7217 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7225 \begin_layout Itemize
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7239 Figures and tables in
7243 are not affected by this.
7248 Have a look at section
7249 \begin_inset space ~
7253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7255 reference "sec:Floats"
7259 for more information about
7266 \begin_layout Standard
7267 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7268 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7272 \begin_layout Standard
7273 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7281 of its own, it behaves just like a
7282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7289 paragraph environment.
7290 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7295 Here's an example with a table:
7298 \begin_layout Enumerate
7303 \begin_layout Enumerate
7304 This is (a) and it's nested.
7308 \begin_layout Standard
7309 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7315 \begin_layout Standard
7317 \begin_inset Tabular
7318 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7319 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7405 \begin_layout Standard
7406 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7413 \begin_layout Enumerate
7415 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7424 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7432 \begin_layout Enumerate
7433 This is (a) and it's nested.
7437 \begin_layout Standard
7438 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7444 \begin_layout Standard
7446 \begin_inset Tabular
7447 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7448 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7449 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7450 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7534 \begin_layout Standard
7535 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7541 \begin_layout Enumerate
7548 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7551 \begin_layout Enumerate
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7556 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7560 \begin_layout Standard
7561 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7563 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7571 \begin_layout Enumerate
7572 This is (a) and it's nested.
7575 \begin_layout Standard
7576 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7582 \begin_layout Standard
7584 \begin_inset Tabular
7585 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7586 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7672 \begin_layout Standard
7673 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7679 \begin_layout Enumerate
7681 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7689 \begin_layout Enumerate
7693 \begin_layout Standard
7694 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7700 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7701 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7705 \begin_layout Subsection
7706 Usage and General Features
7709 \begin_layout Standard
7710 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7719 is the innermost possible depth.
7720 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7724 level #1 – outermost
7728 \begin_layout Enumerate
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Enumerate
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7748 \begin_layout Itemize
7757 \begin_layout Standard
7758 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7759 both of them in the example.
7760 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7770 For example, if we tried to nest another
7775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7782 , we would get errors.
7785 \begin_layout Subsection
7787 \begin_inset Index idx
7790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7799 \begin_layout Standard
7800 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7801 We have several examples of nested environments.
7802 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7807 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7810 \begin_layout Labeling
7811 \labelwidthstring MMM
7812 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7821 \begin_layout Labeling
7822 \labelwidthstring MMM
7823 #2-a This is level #2.
7824 We created it by using
7827 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7833 arg "depth-increment"
7840 \begin_layout Labeling
7841 \labelwidthstring MMM
7842 #3-a This is level #3.
7843 This time, we just hit
7850 arg "depth-increment"
7854 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7858 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7864 arg "depth-increment"
7871 \begin_layout Standard
7876 environment, nested inside of
7877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7885 So, it's at level #4.
7886 We did this by hitting
7889 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7895 arg "depth-increment"
7898 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7903 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7919 \begin_layout Standard
7924 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7927 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7933 \begin_layout Labeling
7934 \labelwidthstring MMM
7935 #4-a This is level #4.
7939 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7942 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7947 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7951 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7956 keep nesting things inside
7957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7968 \begin_layout Labeling
7969 \labelwidthstring MMM
7970 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7975 \begin_layout Labeling
7976 \labelwidthstring MMM
7977 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7978 and this is level #6.
7979 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7983 \begin_layout Labeling
7984 \labelwidthstring MMM
7985 #5-b Back to level #5.
7989 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7995 arg "depth-decrement"
8002 \begin_layout Labeling
8003 \labelwidthstring MMM
8007 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8013 arg "depth-decrement"
8016 , we're back at level #4.
8020 \begin_layout Labeling
8021 \labelwidthstring MMM
8022 #3-b Back to level #3.
8023 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8027 \begin_layout Labeling
8028 \labelwidthstring MMM
8029 #2-b Back to level #2.
8034 \begin_layout Labeling
8035 \labelwidthstring MMM
8036 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8037 After this sentence, we'll hit
8041 and change the paragraph environment back to
8048 \begin_layout Standard
8049 We could have also used the
8065 environment in place of the
8070 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8073 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8074 Example 2: Inheritance
8077 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8078 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8081 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8090 arg "depth-increment"
8093 , after which, we'll change to the
8101 \begin_layout Enumerate
8106 environment, at level #2.
8109 \begin_layout Enumerate
8110 Notice how the nested
8114 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8118 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8122 \begin_layout Standard
8123 We ended this example by hitting
8128 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8132 and reset the nesting depth by using
8135 arg "depth-decrement"
8141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8142 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8155 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8163 \begin_layout Enumerate
8164 This is level #1, in an
8168 paragraph environment.
8169 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8173 \begin_layout Enumerate
8178 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8184 arg "depth-increment"
8188 Now, what happens if we nest an
8192 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8193 label be? An asterisk?
8197 \begin_layout Itemize
8207 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8208 So, its label is a bullet.
8209 (We got here by using
8212 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8218 arg "depth-increment"
8221 , then changing the environment to
8229 \begin_layout Itemize
8230 Here's level #4, produced using
8233 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8239 arg "depth-increment"
8243 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8248 \begin_layout Enumerate
8249 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8251 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8256 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8260 , because we are in the
8269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8288 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8294 type of numbering does LyX use?
8297 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8301 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8304 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8307 \begin_layout Enumerate
8311 arg "depth-decrement"
8314 to decrease the depth after the next
8317 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8324 \begin_layout Enumerate
8326 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8330 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8333 numeral as the label.Why?
8336 \begin_layout Enumerate
8337 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8346 Notice, however, that LyX
8350 reset the counter for the label.
8354 \begin_layout Enumerate
8358 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8364 arg "depth-decrement"
8367 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8368 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8369 into the twofold-nested
8377 \begin_layout Enumerate
8378 The same thing happens if we do another
8381 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8387 arg "depth-decrement"
8390 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8393 \begin_layout Standard
8394 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8399 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8413 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8419 The same rule applies for the
8423 environment, as well.
8426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8427 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8430 \begin_layout Enumerate
8431 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8432 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8433 same detail with how we did it.
8442 \begin_layout Standard
8450 arg "depth-increment"
8457 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8458 example in parentheses someplace.
8459 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8460 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8461 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8465 \begin_layout Enumerate
8470 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8475 Now we'll add verse.
8476 \begin_inset Newline newline
8479 It will get much worse.
8480 \begin_inset Newline newline
8490 arg "depth-increment"
8501 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8502 \begin_inset Newline newline
8505 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8506 \begin_inset Newline newline
8512 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8525 \begin_layout Standard
8526 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8532 \begin_layout Standard
8534 \begin_inset Tabular
8535 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8536 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8627 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8637 arg "depth-increment"
8643 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8653 arg "depth-decrement"
8660 \begin_layout Enumerate
8665 : level #1) This is another item.
8666 Note that selecting a
8670 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8671 3 times to put the table inside the
8679 \begin_layout Quotation
8680 We're now ending the
8684 list and changing to
8689 We're still at level #1.
8690 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8691 The next set of paragraphs is a
8692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8706 \begin_inset space ~
8711 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8715 for the letter body.
8719 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8722 to preserve the depth.
8723 Remember that you need to use
8726 arg "newline-insert newline"
8729 to create multiple lines inside the
8736 \begin_inset space ~
8746 \begin_layout Right Address
8748 \begin_inset Newline newline
8751 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8752 \begin_inset Newline newline
8758 \begin_layout Address
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8766 \begin_layout Quotation
8767 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8771 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8772 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8773 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8774 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8775 as soon as possible.
8776 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8779 \begin_layout Quotation
8780 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8781 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8782 with your order, along with payment.
8785 \begin_layout Quotation
8786 We thank you again for your patience.
8789 \begin_layout Address
8791 \begin_inset Newline newline
8798 \begin_layout Quotation
8799 That ends that example!
8802 \begin_layout Standard
8803 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8804 just a few keystrokes.
8805 We could have easily nested an
8826 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8829 \begin_layout Section
8830 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8831 \begin_inset Index idx
8834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8843 \begin_layout Standard
8844 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8845 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8846 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8847 be broken at the end of a line.
8848 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8852 \begin_layout Subsection
8854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8856 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8861 \begin_inset Index idx
8864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8874 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8876 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8880 Further documentation is given in section
8881 \begin_inset Newline newline
8885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8887 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8895 \begin_layout Standard
8896 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8911 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8920 A protected space is set with
8922 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8923 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8927 \begin_inset space ~
8937 arg "space-insert protected"
8943 \begin_layout Subsection
8945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8947 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8952 \begin_inset Index idx
8955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 Spacing ! Horizontal
8964 \begin_layout Standard
8965 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8967 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8968 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8972 The length units are listed in Appendix
8973 \begin_inset space ~
8977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8979 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8986 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8988 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8990 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8995 \begin_inset Index idx
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9007 \begin_layout Standard
9009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9013 \begin_inset space \space{}
9016 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9017 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9018 \begin_inset space ~
9022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9024 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9029 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9030 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9033 arg "space-insert normal"
9039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9043 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9048 \begin_inset Index idx
9051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9060 \begin_layout Standard
9062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9069 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9078 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9079 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9080 inside abbreviations:
9085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9089 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9092 \begin_layout Standard
9093 or between values and units.
9094 Compare for example this:
9095 \begin_inset Newline newline
9099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9103 \begin_inset Newline newline
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9113 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9115 \begin_inset space ~
9123 arg "space-insert thin"
9129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9131 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9133 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9140 \begin_layout Standard
9141 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9144 \begin_layout Description
9146 \begin_inset space ~
9150 \begin_inset space ~
9154 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9158 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9162 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9165 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9168 \begin_layout Description
9170 \begin_inset space ~
9174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9178 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9182 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9186 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9193 em) space between the arrows.
9196 \begin_layout Description
9198 \begin_inset space ~
9202 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9206 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9210 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9214 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9218 \begin_inset space ~
9222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9225 em) space between the arrows.
9228 \begin_layout Description
9230 \begin_inset space ~
9234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9238 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9242 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9246 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9250 \begin_inset space ~
9254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9257 em) space between the arrows.
9260 \begin_layout Description
9262 \begin_inset space ~
9266 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9270 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9275 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9282 cm space between the arrows.
9285 \begin_layout Standard
9287 \begin_inset space ~
9291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9293 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9297 lists the different space sizes.
9300 \begin_layout Standard
9301 \begin_inset Float table
9306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9308 \begin_inset Caption
9310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9313 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9317 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9327 \begin_inset Tabular
9328 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9329 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9330 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9331 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9419 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9486 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9499 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9548 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9554 \begin_inset Index idx
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9568 in a uniform fashion.
9569 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9570 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9571 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9572 equally between themselves.
9576 \begin_layout Standard
9577 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9582 This is on the left side
9583 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9586 This is on the right
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9613 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9619 \begin_layout Standard
9620 That was an example in the
9626 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9634 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9637 is one in a standard paragraph.
9638 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9642 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9645 \begin_layout Standard
9646 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9649 \begin_inset space ~
9654 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9657 \begin_layout Standard
9659 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9663 \begin_inset space ~
9669 \begin_layout Standard
9671 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9675 \begin_inset space ~
9681 \begin_layout Standard
9683 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9687 \begin_inset space ~
9693 \begin_layout Standard
9695 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9699 \begin_inset space ~
9705 \begin_layout Standard
9707 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9711 \begin_inset space ~
9717 \begin_layout Standard
9719 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9723 \begin_inset space ~
9729 \begin_layout Standard
9730 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9738 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9742 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9743 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9744 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9748 option in the space dialog.
9756 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9758 \begin_inset Index idx
9761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9771 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9777 \begin_inset space \space{}
9780 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9783 \begin_layout Standard
9784 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9787 What is correct English?:
9788 \begin_inset Newline newline
9792 \begin_inset Newline newline
9796 \begin_inset space ~
9799 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9800 \begin_inset Newline newline
9807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9818 \begin_inset Newline newline
9825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9836 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9842 \begin_layout Standard
9843 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset space ~
9856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9860 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9878 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9882 for more information about TeX-Code.
9888 In our case write the command
9895 (note the space after
9896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9903 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9904 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9905 That is why it is named
9906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9918 There exists also the commands
9930 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9931 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9932 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9934 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9946 \begin_layout Subsection
9948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9950 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9955 \begin_inset Index idx
9958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9967 \begin_layout Standard
9968 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9971 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9973 \begin_inset space ~
9979 There you find the following sizes:
9982 \begin_layout Standard
9995 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10000 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10006 \begin_inset Index idx
10009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10010 Document ! Settings
10015 for the paragraph separation.
10016 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10027 \begin_layout Standard
10033 \begin_inset Index idx
10036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10042 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10043 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10045 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10046 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10055 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10064 s are described in section
10065 \begin_inset space ~
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10071 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10080 If there are several
10084 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10085 You can therefore use
10089 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10097 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10098 \begin_inset space ~
10102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10104 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10112 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10122 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10123 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10135 \begin_layout Subsection
10136 Paragraph Alignment
10139 \begin_layout Standard
10140 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10142 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10146 There are five possibilities:
10149 \begin_layout Itemize
10157 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10163 \begin_layout Itemize
10171 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10177 \begin_layout Itemize
10185 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10191 \begin_layout Itemize
10199 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10205 \begin_layout Itemize
10213 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10219 \begin_layout Standard
10220 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10221 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10222 the left and right margins.
10223 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10228 This paragraph is right aligned,
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10233 this one is centered,
10236 \begin_layout Standard
10238 this one is left aligned.
10241 \begin_layout Subsection
10243 \begin_inset Index idx
10246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10247 Page breaks ! Forced
10253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10255 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10262 \begin_layout Standard
10263 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10264 can force a page break where you want one.
10265 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10266 Only if you use a lot of
10270 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10273 \begin_layout Standard
10274 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10275 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10279 have to change the page breaking.
10282 \begin_layout Standard
10283 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10285 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10288 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10290 \begin_inset space ~
10296 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10299 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10301 \begin_inset space ~
10306 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10308 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10309 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10312 \begin_layout Standard
10313 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10314 at the top of a page.
10315 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10316 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10317 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10318 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10322 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10326 to learn more about
10333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10337 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10342 \begin_inset Index idx
10345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10346 Page breaks ! Clear
10354 \begin_layout Standard
10355 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10356 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10357 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10358 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10359 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10362 \begin_layout Standard
10363 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10365 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10366 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 \begin_inset space ~
10374 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10377 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10379 \begin_inset space ~
10383 \begin_inset space ~
10388 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10389 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10392 \begin_layout Subsection
10394 \begin_inset Index idx
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10406 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10414 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10416 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10419 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10421 \begin_inset space ~
10425 \begin_inset space ~
10433 arg "newline-insert newline"
10437 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10440 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10442 \begin_inset space ~
10446 \begin_inset space ~
10451 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10453 This is necessary to avoid
10454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10461 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10465 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10466 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10467 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10468 set a line break, e.
10469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10473 \begin_inset space \space{}
10476 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10477 \begin_inset space ~
10481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10483 reference "sec:Quote"
10488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10490 reference "sec:Verse"
10495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10497 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10504 \begin_layout Subsection
10506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10508 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10513 \begin_inset Index idx
10516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10525 \begin_layout Standard
10530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10531 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10533 \begin_inset space ~
10538 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10544 \begin_layout Section
10545 Characters and Symbols
10548 \begin_layout Standard
10549 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10550 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10555 \begin_inset space \space{}
10558 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10566 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10570 for information on how this is done.
10573 \begin_layout Standard
10574 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10579 dialog via the menu
10581 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10582 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10588 \begin_layout Standard
10589 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10597 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10598 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10599 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10607 \begin_layout Section
10608 Fonts and Text Styles
10609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10611 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10618 \begin_layout Subsection
10620 \begin_inset Index idx
10623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10632 \begin_layout Standard
10633 There are two types of fonts:
10636 \begin_layout Description
10638 \begin_inset space ~
10642 \begin_inset Index idx
10645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10651 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10652 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10656 characters) in the font.
10657 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10658 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10659 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10660 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10661 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10662 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10663 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10664 \begin_inset Newline newline
10667 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10668 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10669 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10670 sizes than at small ones.
10671 \begin_inset Newline newline
10685 \begin_inset space ~
10693 \begin_layout Description
10695 \begin_inset space ~
10699 \begin_inset Index idx
10702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10708 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10709 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10710 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10711 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10712 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10713 picture manipulation program.
10714 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10715 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10716 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10717 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10718 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10720 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10721 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10722 \begin_inset Newline newline
10725 Bitmap fonts are named
10728 \begin_inset space ~
10733 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10738 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10739 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10740 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10741 use scalable fonts.
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10746 its document properties.
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10750 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10751 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10752 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10753 font to emphasize text, you use an
10754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10762 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10763 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10767 \begin_layout Subsection
10768 Document Font and Font size
10769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10771 name "sub:Document-Font"
10776 \begin_inset Index idx
10779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10786 \begin_inset Index idx
10789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10798 \begin_layout Standard
10799 You can set the document fonts in the
10801 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10805 \begin_inset Index idx
10808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10809 Document ! Settings
10815 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10816 font shapes roman (serif),
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10831 \begin_layout Standard
10832 The possible options for the font include
10836 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10841 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10863 European Computer Modern
10866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10876 \begin_layout Standard
10885 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10886 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10891 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10894 \begin_inset space ~
10899 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10905 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10906 There are three ways to use one:
10909 \begin_layout Itemize
10910 One way is to use the
10920 Virtual means that it
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10932 -glyphs from other fonts.
10933 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10955 Loading the LaTeX-package
10960 \begin_inset Index idx
10963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10964 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10969 with the document preamble line
10970 \begin_inset Newline newline
10977 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10978 \begin_inset Newline newline
10983 will fix the guillemet problem.
10988 and that accented characters are not
10992 glyph, they are build of
10996 characters, the accent and the letter.
10997 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11001 fonts for words with accented characters.
11002 If you search for example for the French word
11003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11010 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11019 and not for the glyph
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset space ~
11028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11034 \begin_layout Itemize
11035 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11048 , consist of these three main font types
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11091 as typewriter font.
11092 \begin_inset Newline newline
11095 The differences between roman,
11098 \begin_inset space ~
11107 fonts are explained in section
11108 \begin_inset space ~
11112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11114 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11119 \begin_inset Newline newline
11126 was originally designed for newspapers.
11127 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11128 into the small newspaper columns.
11133 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11136 \begin_layout Itemize
11137 The best solution is to use the
11146 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11150 as the default font.
11151 In most cases they look the same as
11159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11160 One difference is improved kerning for the
11173 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11184 \begin_layout Standard
11185 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11188 For the font size there are four possible values:
11205 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11209 The font sizes are the
11214 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11215 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11216 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11219 \begin_inset space ~
11225 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11226 \begin_inset space ~
11230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11232 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11239 \begin_layout Standard
11244 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11245 a font to display the script characters.
11249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11250 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11255 So this has no effect for the document language
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11272 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11276 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11284 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11288 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11289 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11290 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11292 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11295 dialog, see section
11296 \begin_inset space ~
11300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11302 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11314 \begin_layout Subsection
11315 Using Different Character Styles
11316 \begin_inset Index idx
11319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11326 \begin_inset Index idx
11329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11339 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11340 certain paragraph environments.
11341 LyX supports two character styles,
11350 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11354 \begin_layout Standard
11359 style, do one of the following:
11362 \begin_layout Itemize
11363 click on the toolbar button
11364 \begin_inset Graphics
11365 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11372 \begin_layout Itemize
11373 use the key binding
11382 \begin_layout Standard
11383 These commands are all toggles.
11388 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11391 \begin_layout Standard
11392 One typically uses the
11396 style for proper names.
11398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11405 is the original author of LyX.
11406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11412 \begin_layout Standard
11413 A more widely used character style is the
11418 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11425 \begin_layout Itemize
11426 clicking on the toolbar button
11427 \begin_inset Graphics
11428 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11435 \begin_layout Itemize
11436 using the keybindings
11445 \begin_layout Standard
11450 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11451 es use a different font.
11454 \begin_layout Standard
11455 We've been using the
11459 style all over the place in this document.
11460 Here's one more example:
11463 \begin_layout Quotation
11466 Don't overuse character styles!
11469 \begin_layout Standard
11470 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11471 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11472 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11473 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11477 \begin_layout Standard
11478 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11486 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11488 \begin_inset space ~
11496 \begin_layout Subsection
11497 Fine-Tuning with the
11502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11504 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11509 \begin_inset Index idx
11512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11523 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11524 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11525 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11526 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11527 from ordinary dialog.
11530 \begin_layout Standard
11531 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11532 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11533 \begin_inset Newline newline
11536 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11537 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11540 \begin_layout Standard
11541 To use custom character styles, open the
11543 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11545 \begin_inset space ~
11551 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11552 font property which you can choose.
11553 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11556 \begin_inset space ~
11561 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11566 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11567 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11568 environments in a snap.
11571 \begin_layout Standard
11572 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11575 \begin_inset space ~
11587 \begin_layout Labeling
11588 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11602 The possible options are:
11606 \begin_layout Labeling
11607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11612 This is the Roman font family.
11613 Normally a serif font.
11614 It's also the default family.
11624 \begin_layout Labeling
11625 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11629 \begin_inset space ~
11636 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11648 \begin_layout Labeling
11649 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11656 This is the Typewriter font family.
11662 arg "font-typewriter"
11671 \begin_layout Labeling
11672 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11677 This corresponds to the print weight.
11682 \begin_layout Labeling
11683 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11688 This is the Medium font series.
11689 It's also the default series.
11692 \begin_layout Labeling
11693 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11700 This is the Bold font series.
11713 \begin_layout Labeling
11714 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11719 As the name implies.
11724 \begin_layout Labeling
11725 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11730 This is the Upright font shape.
11731 It's also the default shape.
11734 \begin_layout Labeling
11735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11749 s the Italic font shape
11755 \begin_layout Labeling
11756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11763 This is the Slanted font shape
11765 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11768 \begin_layout Labeling
11769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11773 \begin_inset space ~
11780 This is the Small caps font shape
11787 \begin_layout Labeling
11788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11793 Alters the size of the font.
11794 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11795 nal to the document font size.
11796 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11797 what you want to do.
11802 \begin_layout Labeling
11803 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11824 arg "font-size tiny"
11830 \begin_layout Labeling
11831 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11852 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11858 \begin_layout Labeling
11859 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11880 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11886 \begin_layout Labeling
11887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11908 arg "font-size small"
11914 \begin_layout Labeling
11915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11929 It's also the default size.
11933 arg "font-size normal"
11939 \begin_layout Labeling
11940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11961 arg "font-size large"
11967 \begin_layout Labeling
11968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11989 arg "font-size larger"
11995 \begin_layout Labeling
11996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12017 arg "font-size largest"
12023 \begin_layout Labeling
12024 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12045 arg "font-size huge"
12051 \begin_layout Labeling
12052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12073 arg "font-size giant"
12080 \begin_layout Standard
12085 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12086 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12087 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12088 — use that instead.
12089 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12092 \begin_layout Labeling
12093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12098 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12103 \begin_layout Labeling
12104 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12111 This is text with emphasize on
12114 This might seem like the same as
12118 , but it is actually a bit different.
12124 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12126 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12129 \begin_layout Labeling
12130 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12137 This is text with Underbar on.
12143 arg "font-underline"
12149 \begin_inset Newline newline
12154 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12155 when you couldn't change fonts.
12156 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12157 It's only included in LyX because some people
12161 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12164 \begin_layout Labeling
12165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12172 This is text with Noun on.
12179 , this is a logical attribute.
12180 Normally it's equivalent to
12183 \begin_inset space ~
12192 \begin_layout Labeling
12193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12198 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12199 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12203 \begin_inset space ~
12208 , which is the default
12209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12216 and means normally black, you can choose between
12249 \begin_inset Index idx
12252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12261 \begin_layout Labeling
12262 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12267 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12268 the language of the document.
12269 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12273 \begin_layout Standard
12274 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12275 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12279 \begin_inset space ~
12284 dialog, the settings are saved.
12285 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12286 \begin_inset Graphics
12287 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12292 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12293 when the dialog isn't visible.
12297 \begin_layout Standard
12298 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12305 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12306 (suppose you just set the shape to
12307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12325 \begin_inset space ~
12337 \begin_layout Standard
12338 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12346 \begin_inset space ~
12358 \begin_layout Itemize
12364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12371 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12389 \begin_inset Newline newline
12396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12421 \begin_inset Note Note
12424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12425 For more on phantoms see section
12426 \begin_inset space ~
12430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12432 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12442 \begin_inset Newline newline
12448 \begin_layout Itemize
12453 fonts use characters with serifs.
12454 These are the small
12455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12462 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12463 The following example will show the difference:
12464 \begin_inset Newline newline
12468 \begin_inset Newline newline
12473 text without serifs
12476 \begin_inset Newline newline
12479 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12480 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12487 \begin_layout Itemize
12493 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12494 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12497 \begin_layout Standard
12498 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12499 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12502 \begin_layout Section
12503 Printing and Previewing
12506 \begin_layout Subsection
12510 \begin_layout Standard
12511 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12512 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12513 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12514 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12515 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12517 Additional Features
12522 \begin_layout Standard
12523 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12524 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12525 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12526 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12527 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12528 This happens in two stages:
12531 \begin_layout Enumerate
12532 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12533 generating a file with the extension,
12534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12548 \begin_layout Enumerate
12549 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12553 file to produce printable output.
12557 \begin_layout Subsection
12558 Output file formats
12559 \begin_inset Index idx
12562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12571 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12580 \begin_inset Index idx
12583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12584 File formats ! ASCII
12592 \begin_layout Standard
12593 This file type has the extension
12594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12606 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12610 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12617 \begin_layout Standard
12618 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12620 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12621 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12627 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12629 \begin_inset Index idx
12632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12633 File formats ! LaTeX
12641 \begin_layout Standard
12642 This file type has the extension
12643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12654 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12656 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12657 it manually with console commands.
12658 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12659 you view or export your document.
12662 \begin_layout Standard
12663 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12665 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12666 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12685 \begin_inset Index idx
12688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12697 \begin_layout Standard
12698 This file type has the extension
12699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12719 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12720 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12721 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12725 \begin_layout Standard
12726 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12727 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12728 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12729 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12731 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12734 \begin_layout Standard
12735 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12737 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12738 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12744 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12746 \begin_inset Index idx
12749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12750 File formats ! PostScript
12758 \begin_layout Standard
12759 This file type has the extension
12760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12772 PostScript was developed by the company
12776 as a printer language.
12777 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12779 PostScript can be seen as a
12780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12783 programming language
12784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12787 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12792 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12798 \begin_inset Index idx
12801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12802 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12812 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12816 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12820 Encapsulated PostScript
12821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12824 (EPS, file extension
12825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12837 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12838 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12843 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12847 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12848 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12849 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12850 EPS to avoid this problem.
12853 \begin_layout Standard
12854 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12856 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12857 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12865 \begin_inset Index idx
12868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12875 \begin_inset Index idx
12878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12887 \begin_layout Standard
12888 This file type has the extension
12889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12905 Portable Document Format
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 was derived from PostScript.
12914 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12923 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12924 looks exactly the same.
12927 \begin_layout Standard
12928 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12932 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12936 (JPG, file extension
12937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12964 Portable Network Graphics
12965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12968 (PNG, file extension
12969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12981 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12982 in the background to one of these formats.
12983 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12984 will slow down your workflow.
12985 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12988 \begin_layout Standard
12989 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12991 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12994 in three different ways:
12997 \begin_layout Description
12998 PDF This uses the program
13002 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13003 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13007 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13008 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13011 \begin_layout Description
13013 \begin_inset space ~
13016 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13020 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13024 \begin_layout Description
13026 \begin_inset space ~
13029 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13033 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13036 \begin_layout Standard
13037 We recommend to use
13040 \begin_inset space ~
13049 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13050 works without problems.
13055 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13060 \begin_inset Index idx
13063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13070 \begin_inset Index idx
13073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13082 \begin_layout Standard
13083 This file type has the extension
13084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13096 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13097 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13098 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13099 suitable for the purpose.
13100 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13101 it, but not all do.
13104 \begin_layout Standard
13105 XHTML output remains
13106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13113 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13118 LyX and the World Wide Web
13119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13124 Additional Features
13126 manual, for more information.
13129 \begin_layout Standard
13130 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13132 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13133 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13139 \begin_layout Subsection
13141 \begin_inset Index idx
13144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13155 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13159 and choose a file type.
13160 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13166 you can use the toolbar button
13167 \begin_inset Graphics
13168 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13175 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13180 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13182 \begin_inset space ~
13188 \begin_inset Graphics
13189 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13195 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13199 \begin_inset Graphics
13200 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13207 arg "buffer-view ps"
13213 \begin_layout Standard
13214 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13215 viewer window using the menu
13217 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13223 \begin_layout Standard
13224 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13226 To have a real output, export your document.
13229 \begin_layout Subsection
13230 Printing the File from within LyX
13231 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13233 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13240 \begin_layout Standard
13241 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13242 it directly from within LyX.
13243 To print a file, select the menu
13245 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13248 or click on the toolbar button
13249 \begin_inset Graphics
13250 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13255 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13256 This file is then processed by the program
13260 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13265 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13268 \begin_layout Standard
13269 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13270 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13271 printing one set to print on the other side.
13272 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13273 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13274 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13277 \begin_layout Standard
13278 You can set the parameters in the
13281 \begin_inset space ~
13289 \begin_layout Labeling
13290 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13295 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13300 Note that this printer name is for the program
13309 has to be configured for this printer name.
13310 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13311 \begin_inset space ~
13315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13317 reference "sub:Printer"
13326 The printer should understand PostScript.
13329 \begin_layout Labeling
13330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13335 The name of a file to print to.
13336 The output will be a PostScript file.
13337 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13341 \begin_layout Section
13342 A few Words about Typography
13343 \begin_inset Index idx
13346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13355 \begin_layout Subsection
13357 \begin_inset Index idx
13360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13382 character comes in four lengths: the
13394 , and the minus sign:
13395 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13401 \begin_layout Standard
13402 \begin_inset Tabular
13403 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13404 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13405 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13406 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13407 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13408 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13437 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13477 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13504 \begin_inset space ~
13507 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13514 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13539 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13541 \begin_inset space ~
13544 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13565 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13599 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13605 \begin_layout Standard
13606 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13618 character multiple times in a row.
13619 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13620 the final output, but not in LyX.
13622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13652 \begin_layout Standard
13653 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13654 math mode and has a length of its own.
13655 Here are some examples of the
13656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13670 \begin_layout Enumerate
13671 line- and page-breaks
13672 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13682 \begin_layout Enumerate
13684 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13694 \begin_layout Enumerate
13695 Oh — there's a dash.
13696 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13706 \begin_layout Enumerate
13707 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13711 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13721 \begin_layout Subsection
13723 \begin_inset Index idx
13726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13735 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13742 \begin_layout Standard
13743 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13744 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13749 \begin_inset Index idx
13752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13753 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13758 following the rules of the document language
13762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13763 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13771 \begin_inset space ~
13775 \begin_inset space ~
13782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13793 \begin_layout Standard
13794 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13799 font and with unusual constructs, like
13800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13808 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13809 This is done with the menu
13811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13812 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13814 \begin_inset space ~
13820 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13821 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13825 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13826 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13836 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13844 as hyphenation possibility.
13845 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13846 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13847 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13853 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13854 As LyX doesn't support
13860 , you have to use TeX Code.
13861 The result looks in LyX like:
13864 \begin_layout Standard
13865 \begin_inset Graphics
13866 filename clipart/mbox.png
13873 \begin_layout Standard
13874 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13875 \begin_inset space ~
13879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13881 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13888 \begin_layout Subsection
13890 \begin_inset Index idx
13893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13903 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13906 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13914 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13915 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13916 LaTeX then adds the
13917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13920 appropriate amount of space
13921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13925 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13927 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13930 \begin_layout Standard
13931 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13932 not work in all cases.
13934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13945 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13946 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13949 \begin_layout Standard
13950 Here are some examples of
13954 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13957 \begin_layout Itemize
13962 \begin_layout Itemize
13967 \begin_layout Standard
13968 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13971 \begin_layout Itemize
13973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13977 this is too much space!
13980 \begin_layout Itemize
13985 \begin_layout Standard
13986 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13990 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13993 \begin_layout Enumerate
13997 \begin_inset space ~
14002 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14003 \begin_inset space ~
14007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14009 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14014 \begin_inset Index idx
14017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14018 Spaces ! inter-word
14026 \begin_layout Enumerate
14030 \begin_inset space ~
14035 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14036 \begin_inset space ~
14040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14042 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14047 \begin_inset Index idx
14050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14059 \begin_layout Enumerate
14063 \begin_inset space ~
14067 \begin_inset space ~
14071 \begin_inset space ~
14078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14080 \begin_inset space ~
14085 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14086 This function is also bound to
14089 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14095 \begin_layout Standard
14096 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14099 \begin_layout Itemize
14101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14105 \begin_inset space \space{}
14108 this is too much space!
14111 \begin_layout Itemize
14112 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14118 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14119 will take care of this.
14122 \begin_layout Standard
14123 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14127 \begin_inset space ~
14132 feature described in section
14138 Additional Features
14143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14145 \begin_inset Index idx
14148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14149 Typography ! Quotes
14155 \begin_inset Index idx
14158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14189 \begin_layout Standard
14190 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14191 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14192 and use a closing quote at the end.
14194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14202 The keyboard character,
14206 , generates this automatically.
14209 \begin_layout Standard
14210 You can change the behavior of the
14214 key using the submenu
14220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14224 \begin_inset Index idx
14227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14228 Document ! Settings
14236 \begin_layout Standard
14237 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14242 There are six choices:
14245 \begin_layout Labeling
14246 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14258 Use quotes like this
14259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14267 \begin_inset Quotes els
14271 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14277 \begin_layout Labeling
14278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14281 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14285 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14291 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14295 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14299 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14305 \begin_layout Labeling
14306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14309 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14319 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14323 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14327 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14331 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14337 \begin_layout Labeling
14338 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14341 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14345 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14351 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14355 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14359 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14363 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14369 \begin_layout Labeling
14370 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14373 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14377 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14383 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14387 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14391 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14395 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14401 \begin_layout Labeling
14402 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14405 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14409 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14415 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14419 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14423 \begin_inset Quotes als
14427 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 These settings affect what character the
14441 \begin_layout Subsection
14443 \begin_inset Index idx
14446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14447 Typography ! Ligatures
14453 \begin_inset Index idx
14456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14487 name "sub:Ligatures"
14494 \begin_layout Standard
14495 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14496 print them as single characters.
14497 These groups are known as
14502 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14504 Here are the standard ligatures:
14507 \begin_layout Itemize
14511 \begin_layout Itemize
14515 \begin_layout Itemize
14519 \begin_layout Itemize
14523 \begin_layout Itemize
14527 \begin_layout Standard
14528 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14531 \begin_layout Standard
14532 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14533 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14541 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14557 To break a ligature, use
14559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14560 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14562 \begin_inset space ~
14569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14580 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14597 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14605 \begin_layout Subsection
14607 \begin_inset Index idx
14610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14617 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14619 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14626 \begin_layout Standard
14627 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14628 characters in different sizes and heights.
14629 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14630 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14650 \begin_inset Note Note
14653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14654 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14662 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14663 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14668 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14672 \begin_layout Description
14673 LyX The name of the game, write
14674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14695 \begin_layout Description
14696 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14718 \begin_layout Description
14719 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14741 \begin_layout Description
14742 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14764 \begin_layout Standard
14765 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14770 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14778 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14779 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14780 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14783 : The actual version is
14784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14791 , the previous one was
14792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14802 \begin_layout Standard
14803 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14804 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14808 \begin_inset space \space{}
14811 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14813 This will look in LyX like:
14814 \begin_inset Graphics
14815 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14821 \begin_inset Newline newline
14824 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14825 \begin_inset space ~
14829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14831 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14838 \begin_layout Subsection
14840 \begin_inset Index idx
14843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 \begin_layout Standard
14853 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14854 space between two words.
14855 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14865 for units use the menu
14867 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14868 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14870 \begin_inset space ~
14878 arg "space-insert thin"
14884 \begin_layout Standard
14885 Here's an example to show the differences:
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14889 \begin_inset Tabular
14890 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14891 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14892 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14893 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14900 \begin_inset space ~
14904 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14916 space between number and unit
14923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14932 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14944 half space between number and unit
14957 \begin_layout Subsection
14959 \begin_inset Index idx
14962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14974 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14975 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14976 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14977 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14978 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14979 These bits of text became known as
14990 \begin_layout Standard
14991 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14992 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14993 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14994 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14995 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14996 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14997 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15001 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15002 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15003 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15004 \begin_inset space ~
15008 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15010 key "latexcompanion"
15015 \begin_inset space ~
15019 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15025 ] may have more information.
15026 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15029 \begin_layout Chapter
15030 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15031 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15033 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15040 \begin_layout Standard
15041 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15046 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15049 \begin_layout Section
15051 \begin_inset Index idx
15054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15070 \begin_layout Standard
15071 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15074 \begin_layout Description
15076 \begin_inset space ~
15079 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15080 \begin_inset Newline newline
15084 \begin_inset Note Note
15087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15088 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15096 \begin_layout Description
15097 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15098 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15100 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15101 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15102 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15105 \begin_inset Newline newline
15109 \begin_inset Note Comment
15112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15113 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15121 \begin_layout Description
15123 \begin_inset space ~
15126 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15127 \begin_inset Newline newline
15131 \begin_inset Newline newline
15135 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15144 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15145 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15146 How this can be done is explained in the
15155 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15161 \begin_inset Newline newline
15165 \begin_inset Newline newline
15168 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15169 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15172 \begin_layout Standard
15173 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15174 \begin_inset Graphics
15175 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15177 scaleBeforeRotation
15183 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15187 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15190 \begin_layout Section
15192 \begin_inset Index idx
15195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15204 name "sec:Footnotes"
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15212 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15215 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15218 or the toolbar button
15219 \begin_inset Graphics
15220 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15233 \begin_inset Graphics
15234 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15243 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15272 label, the box will
15276 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15277 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15290 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15306 \begin_layout Standard
15307 Here's an example footnote:
15315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15316 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15324 \begin_layout Standard
15325 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15326 position where the footnote box is placed.
15327 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15328 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15329 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15330 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15331 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15336 ey are described in the
15343 \begin_layout Section
15345 \begin_inset Index idx
15348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15357 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15364 \begin_layout Standard
15365 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15366 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15370 \begin_inset space ~
15375 or the toolbar button
15376 \begin_inset Graphics
15377 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15404 appearing within your text.
15405 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15414 \begin_layout Standard
15415 At the side is an example marginal note.
15419 \begin_inset Marginal
15422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15423 This is a marginal note.
15431 \begin_layout Standard
15432 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15433 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15434 pages, right on odd pages.
15437 \begin_layout Section
15438 Graphics and Images
15439 \begin_inset Index idx
15442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15449 \begin_inset Index idx
15452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15461 name "sec:Graphics"
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15469 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15470 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15471 \begin_inset Graphics
15472 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15482 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15485 \begin_layout Standard
15486 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15491 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15492 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15494 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15495 \begin_inset space ~
15499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15501 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15508 \begin_layout Standard
15513 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15514 of the image in the output.
15515 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15519 \begin_inset space ~
15523 \begin_inset space ~
15532 \begin_inset space ~
15536 \begin_inset space ~
15540 \begin_inset space ~
15545 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15546 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15554 \begin_layout Standard
15557 LaTeX and LyX options
15559 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15560 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15564 \begin_inset space ~
15569 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15570 with the image size is printed.
15574 \begin_inset space ~
15578 \begin_inset space ~
15582 \begin_inset space ~
15587 is explained in the
15598 \begin_layout Standard
15599 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15600 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15602 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15606 \begin_layout Standard
15608 \begin_inset Graphics
15609 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15611 rotateOrigin center
15618 \begin_layout Standard
15619 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15620 the image into a float, see section
15621 \begin_inset space ~
15625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15627 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15634 \begin_layout Subsection
15636 \begin_inset Index idx
15639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15648 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15655 \begin_layout Standard
15656 You can insert images in any known file format.
15657 But as we explained in section
15658 \begin_inset space ~
15662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15664 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15668 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15669 LyX uses therefore the program
15673 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15674 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15675 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15676 \begin_inset space ~
15680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15682 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15690 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15693 \begin_layout Description
15695 \begin_inset space ~
15698 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15699 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15700 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15704 Graphics Interchange Format
15705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15708 (GIF, file extension
15709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15721 \begin_inset Index idx
15724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15756 Portable Network Graphics
15757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15760 (PNG, file extension
15761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15773 \begin_inset Index idx
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15808 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15812 (JPG, file extension
15813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15837 \begin_inset Index idx
15840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 \begin_layout Description
15873 \begin_inset space ~
15876 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15878 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15879 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15880 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15881 \begin_inset Newline newline
15884 Scalable image formats can be
15885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15888 Scalable Vector Graphics
15889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15892 (SVG, file extension
15893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15905 \begin_inset Index idx
15908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15940 Encapsulated PostScript
15941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15944 (EPS, file extension
15945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15957 \begin_inset Index idx
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15992 Portable Document Format
15993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15996 (PDF, file extension
15997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16009 \begin_inset Index idx
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16019 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16020 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16021 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16027 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16035 \begin_layout Standard
16036 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16040 \begin_layout Subsection
16041 Grouping of Image Settings
16042 \begin_inset Index idx
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16046 Images ! Settings grouping
16054 \begin_layout Standard
16055 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16057 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16058 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16060 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16061 need to manually change each of them.
16065 \begin_layout Standard
16066 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16069 \begin_inset space ~
16074 field in the Graphics dialog.
16075 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16076 by checking the name of the desired group.
16079 \begin_layout Section
16081 \begin_inset Index idx
16084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16100 \begin_layout Standard
16101 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16102 \begin_inset Graphics
16103 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16110 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16114 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16115 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16116 from the rest of the table.
16117 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16118 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16120 Here's an example table:
16123 \begin_layout Standard
16125 \begin_inset Tabular
16126 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16127 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16128 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16129 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16130 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16331 \begin_layout Subsection
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16336 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16337 brings up the table dialog.
16338 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16339 where the cursor is placed currently.
16340 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16341 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16342 done on all of your selection.
16345 \begin_layout Standard
16346 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16349 \begin_inset space ~
16354 helps you in setting table properties.
16355 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16358 \begin_layout Standard
16362 \begin_inset space ~
16367 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16368 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16369 current cell respectively.
16370 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16372 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16373 of text, see section
16374 \begin_inset space ~
16378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16380 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16387 \begin_layout Standard
16388 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16394 This will merge the cells to
16398 cell, spread over more than one column.
16399 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16400 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16401 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16402 in the last row without the upper border:
16405 \begin_layout Standard
16407 \begin_inset Tabular
16408 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16409 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16411 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16424 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16545 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16546 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16547 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16548 explained in the tables section of the
16551 \begin_inset space ~
16557 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16561 degrees counterclockwise.
16562 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16565 \begin_layout Standard
16566 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16574 Most DVI-viewers are
16578 able to display rotations.
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16591 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16596 adds lines for all cell borders.
16599 \begin_layout Subsection
16601 \begin_inset Index idx
16604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16605 Tables ! Longtables
16611 \begin_inset Index idx
16614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16623 \begin_layout Standard
16624 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16627 \begin_inset space ~
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16640 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16641 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16644 \begin_layout Description
16649 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16650 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16651 except for the first page, if
16654 \begin_inset space ~
16662 \begin_layout Description
16666 \begin_inset space ~
16671 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16672 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16675 \begin_layout Description
16680 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16681 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16682 except for the last page, if
16685 \begin_inset space ~
16693 \begin_layout Description
16697 \begin_inset space ~
16702 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16703 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16706 \begin_layout Description
16707 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16708 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16710 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16714 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16717 \begin_inset space ~
16725 \begin_layout Standard
16726 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16727 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16728 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16729 The others will then be defined as
16734 In this context, first means first in this order:
16737 \begin_inset space ~
16749 \begin_inset space ~
16755 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16758 \begin_layout Standard
16760 \begin_inset Tabular
16761 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16762 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16763 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16764 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16765 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16766 <row endfirsthead="true">
16767 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16773 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16797 <row endfirsthead="true">
16798 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16809 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16830 <row endhead="true">
16831 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16861 <row endhead="true">
16862 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16873 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <row endfoot="true">
16895 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17905 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18876 <row endlastfoot="true">
18877 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 \begin_layout Subsection
18916 \begin_inset Index idx
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18928 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18935 \begin_layout Standard
18936 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18937 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18938 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18939 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18943 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18944 for the cell's paragraph.
18947 \begin_layout Standard
18948 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18949 for the column in the table dialog.
18950 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18951 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18955 \begin_layout Standard
18957 \begin_inset Tabular
18958 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18959 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18961 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18982 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19051 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19107 This is longer now.
19112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19163 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19164 This is longer now.
19169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 \begin_layout Standard
19196 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19197 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19203 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19209 Selection with the mouse or with
19213 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19214 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19215 the selection from outside the table.
19218 \begin_layout Section
19220 \begin_inset Index idx
19223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19239 \begin_layout Standard
19240 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19241 have a fixed location.
19243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19250 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19258 \begin_inset space ~
19263 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19264 too many notes on the page.
19267 \begin_layout Standard
19268 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19269 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19270 and pages without text.
19271 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19272 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19273 Floats are therefore numbered.
19274 Referencing is described in section
19275 \begin_inset space ~
19279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19281 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19288 \begin_layout Standard
19289 To insert a float, use the menu
19291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19295 A box with a caption that has e.
19296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19300 \begin_inset space \space{}
19304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19308 \begin_inset space ~
19312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19315 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19316 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19318 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19319 \begin_inset Index idx
19322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19329 paragraph within the float.
19330 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19331 by left-clicking on the box label.
19332 A closed float box looks like this:
19333 \begin_inset Graphics
19334 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19339 – a gray button with a red label.
19342 \begin_layout Standard
19343 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19344 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19347 \begin_layout Subsection
19351 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19353 \begin_inset Index idx
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 Floats ! Figure floats
19363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19365 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19372 \begin_layout Standard
19375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19376 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19379 inserts a float with the label
19380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19386 \begin_inset space ~
19392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19396 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19397 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19398 This is what we did for Figure
19399 \begin_inset space ~
19403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19405 reference "cap:Platypus"
19410 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19411 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19412 This was done in Figure
19413 \begin_inset space ~
19417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19419 reference "cap:Escher"
19426 \begin_layout Standard
19427 \begin_inset Float figure
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19434 \begin_inset Graphics
19435 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19437 rotateOrigin center
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 \begin_inset Caption
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19450 name "cap:Platypus"
19454 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19467 \begin_layout Standard
19468 \begin_inset Float figure
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19474 \begin_inset Caption
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 \begin_inset Graphics
19495 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19497 rotateOrigin center
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19510 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19512 As described in section
19513 \begin_inset space ~
19517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19519 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19523 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19528 and refer to it using the menu
19530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19534 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19543 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19555 \begin_layout Standard
19556 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19557 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19558 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19559 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19561 \begin_inset space ~
19565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19567 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19571 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19572 You can also set the images one below the other.
19574 \begin_inset space ~
19578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19580 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19587 reference "fig:Platypus"
19591 are the subfigures.
19594 \begin_layout Standard
19595 \begin_inset Float figure
19600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19605 \begin_inset Float figure
19610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19611 \begin_inset Caption
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19616 name "fig:Undefinable"
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19629 \begin_inset Graphics
19630 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19645 \begin_inset Float figure
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 \begin_inset Caption
19653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19656 name "fig:Platypus"
19668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19669 \begin_inset Graphics
19670 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19682 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 \begin_inset Caption
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19694 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19698 Two distorted images.
19711 \begin_layout Standard
19712 Note that the caption is added to the
19715 \begin_inset space ~
19719 \begin_inset space ~
19724 as described in section
19725 \begin_inset space ~
19729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19731 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19738 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19740 \begin_inset Index idx
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 Floats ! Table floats
19752 \begin_layout Standard
19753 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19755 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19756 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19760 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19763 \begin_inset space ~
19767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19769 reference "cap:Table-float"
19773 is an example of a table float.
19776 \begin_layout Standard
19777 \begin_inset Float table
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19783 \begin_inset Caption
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19788 name "cap:Table-float"
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 \begin_inset Tabular
19803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19804 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19958 \end{array}\right]$
19966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19979 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20000 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20002 \begin_inset Index idx
20005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20014 \begin_layout Standard
20015 This float type is inserted with the menu
20017 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20018 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20022 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20023 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20027 , described in section
20028 \begin_inset space ~
20032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20034 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20041 \begin_layout Standard
20042 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20056 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20059 \begin_layout Standard
20064 floatname{algorithm}{your
20065 \begin_inset space ~
20071 \begin_layout Standard
20072 to the document preamble (menu
20074 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20081 \begin_inset space ~
20087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20103 \begin_inset Index idx
20106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20107 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20115 \begin_layout Standard
20116 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20124 \begin_inset Graphics
20125 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20127 rotateOrigin center
20134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 \begin_inset Caption
20137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20140 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20144 This is a wrapped figure.
20145 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20158 This float type is used if you want to
20159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20166 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20168 It can be inserted using the menu
20170 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20171 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20173 \begin_inset space ~
20178 if the LaTeX-package
20183 \begin_inset Index idx
20186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20200 \begin_inset space ~
20210 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20213 \begin_inset space ~
20217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20219 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20223 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20232 Available units are explained in Appendix
20233 \begin_inset space ~
20237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20239 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20248 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20252 \begin_layout Standard
20253 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20261 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20262 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20266 \begin_inset space \space{}
20269 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20270 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20279 \begin_layout Itemize
20280 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20281 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20282 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20283 page breaks will appear.
20286 \begin_layout Itemize
20287 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20288 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20291 \begin_layout Itemize
20292 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20293 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20296 \begin_layout Itemize
20297 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20300 \begin_layout Subsection
20302 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20304 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20309 \begin_inset Index idx
20312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 \begin_layout Standard
20322 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20323 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20327 \begin_inset space ~
20335 \begin_layout Standard
20336 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20337 have a multi-column document).
20338 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20341 \begin_inset space ~
20347 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20348 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20355 \begin_layout Standard
20356 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20357 format is also the same: Table
20358 \begin_inset space ~
20362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20364 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20368 is an example of a rotated table float.
20371 \begin_layout Standard
20372 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20388 \begin_layout Standard
20389 \begin_inset Float table
20394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 \begin_inset Caption
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20400 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20414 \begin_inset Tabular
20415 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20416 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20481 \begin_layout Subsection
20483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20485 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20490 \begin_inset Index idx
20493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 \begin_layout Standard
20503 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20504 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20505 \begin_inset Newline newline
20511 \begin_inset space ~
20516 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20517 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20518 \begin_inset Newline newline
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20529 is used to rotate floats, see section
20530 \begin_inset space ~
20534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20536 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20543 \begin_layout Standard
20544 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20545 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20552 \begin_inset space ~
20560 \begin_layout Description
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20569 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20572 \begin_layout Description
20574 \begin_inset space ~
20578 \begin_inset space ~
20581 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20584 \begin_layout Description
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20590 \begin_inset space ~
20593 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20596 \begin_layout Description
20598 \begin_inset space ~
20602 \begin_inset space ~
20605 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20608 \begin_layout Standard
20609 The order of the above option is
20614 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20618 \begin_inset space ~
20622 \begin_inset space ~
20630 \begin_inset space ~
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20639 , and then the others.
20640 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20642 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20643 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20647 By default, each option has its own rules:
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20654 \begin_inset space ~
20658 \begin_inset space ~
20663 only floats occupying less than 70
20664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20667 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20670 \begin_layout Standard
20674 \begin_inset space ~
20678 \begin_inset space ~
20683 : only floats occupying less than 30
20684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20687 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20690 \begin_layout Standard
20694 \begin_inset space ~
20698 \begin_inset space ~
20703 : only if more than 50
20704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20707 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20711 \begin_layout Standard
20712 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20716 \begin_inset space ~
20720 \begin_inset space ~
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20730 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20731 For this case you can use the option
20734 \begin_inset space ~
20740 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20742 Because the float is then no longer able to
20743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20750 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20755 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20758 \begin_layout Standard
20759 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20761 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20763 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20770 \begin_layout Section
20772 \begin_inset Index idx
20775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20784 name "sec:Minipages"
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20792 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20794 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20795 \begin_inset space ~
20802 \begin_layout Standard
20803 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20809 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20810 and its alignment within the page.
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20815 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20824 height_special "totalheight"
20827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20830 This is a minipage.
20831 The text is set in an italic style.
20834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20837 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20838 another formatting.
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20850 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20854 as described in section
20855 \begin_inset space ~
20859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20861 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20866 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20872 \begin_layout Standard
20873 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20882 height_special "totalheight"
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20887 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20893 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20897 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20906 height_special "totalheight"
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20910 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20911 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20926 \begin_layout Standard
20927 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20928 to other box types.
20929 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20940 \begin_layout Chapter
20941 Mathematical Formulas
20942 \begin_inset Index idx
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20952 \begin_inset Index idx
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20986 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20993 \begin_layout Standard
20994 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20999 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21002 \begin_layout Section
21004 \begin_inset Index idx
21007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 \begin_layout Standard
21017 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21018 \begin_inset Graphics
21019 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21024 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21026 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21027 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21028 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21041 \begin_inset space ~
21046 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21049 \begin_layout Standard
21050 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21051 line, like this one:
21054 \begin_layout Standard
21055 This is a line with an inline formula
21056 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21062 \begin_layout Standard
21063 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21064 paragraph, like this one:
21065 \begin_inset Formula \[
21070 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21073 \begin_layout Standard
21074 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21080 \begin_inset space \space{}
21084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21097 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21098 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21102 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21105 \begin_inset space ~
21113 \begin_layout Subsection
21114 Navigating in Formulas
21115 \begin_inset Index idx
21118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21128 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21129 achieved with the arrow keys.
21130 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21131 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21136 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21137 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21141 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21145 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21148 \end{array}\right]$
21156 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21161 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21162 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21165 \begin_layout Standard
21170 , printed in this document as
21171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21192 \begin_inset Note Note
21195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21196 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21197 space character (visible space).
21202 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21203 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21204 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21209 For example, if you want
21210 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21264 , since in the latter case only the
21267 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21272 will be under the square root sign:
21273 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21279 \begin_layout Standard
21280 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21282 \begin_inset Formula \[
21283 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21287 \end{array}\right)\]
21291 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21292 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21295 \begin_layout Subsection
21299 \begin_layout Standard
21300 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21301 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21305 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21306 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21307 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21308 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21309 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21312 \begin_layout Subsection
21313 Exponents and Subscripts
21314 \begin_inset Index idx
21317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21324 \begin_inset Index idx
21327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21336 \begin_layout Standard
21337 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21338 way is to use a command.
21340 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21343 , type in a formula
21349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21365 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21371 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21375 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21396 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21405 , you have to use an extra
21409 to separate the hat and the character.
21411 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21415 \begin_inset space \space{}
21419 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21440 Subscripts are similar: To get
21441 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21464 \begin_layout Subsection
21466 \begin_inset Index idx
21469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21478 \begin_layout Standard
21479 Create a fraction with either the command
21486 \begin_inset Graphics
21487 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21495 \begin_inset space ~
21501 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21502 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21503 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21508 To move back up, press
21513 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21514 \begin_inset Formula \[
21515 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21518 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21525 \begin_layout Subsection
21527 \begin_inset Index idx
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21539 \begin_layout Standard
21540 Roots can be created using the
21543 \begin_inset space ~
21549 \begin_inset Graphics
21550 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21573 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21579 produces always a square root.
21582 \begin_layout Subsection
21583 Operators with Limits
21584 \begin_inset Index idx
21587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21594 \begin_inset Index idx
21597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21606 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21613 \begin_layout Standard
21615 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21619 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21622 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21623 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21624 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21625 The sum operator will automatically place its
21626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21633 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21636 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21640 \begin_inset Formula \[
21641 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21645 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21649 \begin_layout Standard
21650 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21652 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21653 behind the operator and hitting
21661 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21662 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21664 \begin_inset space ~
21668 \begin_inset space ~
21676 \begin_layout Standard
21677 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21685 feature as addition, such as
21686 \begin_inset Index idx
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21696 \begin_inset Formula \[
21697 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21701 which will place the
21702 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21714 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21715 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21721 \begin_layout Standard
21722 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21729 Have a look at section
21730 \begin_inset space ~
21734 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21736 reference "sub:Functions"
21740 for an explanation of function macros.
21743 \begin_layout Subsection
21745 \begin_inset Index idx
21748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21757 \begin_layout Standard
21758 Most math symbols can be found in the
21761 \begin_inset space ~
21766 under one of several categories; including
21783 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21789 you don't have to use the
21792 \begin_inset space ~
21797 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21798 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21801 \begin_layout Subsection
21803 \begin_inset Index idx
21806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21815 \begin_layout Standard
21816 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21821 arg "space-insert protected"
21827 \begin_inset space ~
21833 \begin_inset Graphics
21834 filename ../images/math/space.png
21839 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21840 For example, the sequence
21845 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21849 \begin_inset Graphics
21850 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21855 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21856 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21857 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21858 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21860 Here are two examples:
21863 \begin_layout Standard
21873 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21879 \begin_layout Standard
21889 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21895 \begin_layout Subsection
21897 \begin_inset Index idx
21900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21909 name "sub:Functions"
21916 \begin_layout Standard
21920 \begin_inset space ~
21925 contains under the button
21926 \begin_inset Graphics
21927 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21931 a number of function macros, such as
21932 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21936 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21944 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21951 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21952 avoid confusions, because
21953 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21957 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
21963 \begin_layout Standard
21964 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21966 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21970 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21976 \begin_layout Standard
21977 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21978 s are placed, as described in section
21979 \begin_inset space ~
21983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21985 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21992 \begin_layout Subsection
21994 \begin_inset Index idx
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22009 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22010 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22015 \begin_inset space \space{}
22019 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22022 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22023 Our example is entered by typing
22031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22044 \begin_inset space ~
22048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22050 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22054 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22057 \begin_layout Standard
22058 \begin_inset Float table
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22064 \begin_inset Caption
22066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22069 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22073 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22083 \begin_inset Tabular
22084 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22085 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22086 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22172 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22226 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22280 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22334 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22388 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22442 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22496 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22550 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22604 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22649 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22670 \begin_layout Standard
22671 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22674 \begin_inset space ~
22680 \begin_inset Graphics
22681 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22685 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22689 \begin_layout Section
22690 Brackets and Delimiters
22691 \begin_inset Index idx
22694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22701 \begin_inset Index idx
22704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22713 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22721 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22722 For most purposes, using just the keys
22727 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22728 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22729 toolbar delimiter icon
22730 \begin_inset Graphics
22731 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22736 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22738 \begin_inset Formula \[
22739 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22742 \end{array}\right]\]
22746 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22747 \begin_inset Formula \[
22748 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22757 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22760 \begin_layout Standard
22761 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22762 left side and right side.
22763 If you use the option
22766 \begin_inset space ~
22771 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22772 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22773 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22774 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22777 \begin_layout Standard
22778 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22779 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22780 inside the brackets.
22781 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22786 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22789 \begin_layout Section
22790 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22791 \begin_inset Index idx
22794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22801 \begin_inset Index idx
22804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22811 \begin_inset Index idx
22814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22815 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22823 \begin_layout Standard
22824 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22833 \begin_inset Graphics
22834 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22839 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22840 Here is an example:
22841 \begin_inset Formula \[
22842 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22846 \end{array}\right)\]
22850 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22851 \begin_inset space ~
22855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22857 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22862 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22863 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22864 This alignment is set in the box
22869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22917 for every column as default.
22918 For example, the sequence
22919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22930 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22931 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22932 corresponds to the relevant column.
22933 The result will look like this:
22934 \begin_inset Formula \[
22936 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22937 column & has & has\, right\\
22938 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22946 \begin_layout Standard
22947 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22950 arg "newline-insert newline"
22953 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22954 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22956 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22959 or the math toolbar.
22962 \begin_layout Standard
22963 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22964 It can be created with the menu
22966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22967 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22969 \begin_inset space ~
22981 Here is an example:
22982 \begin_inset Formula \[
22994 \begin_layout Standard
22995 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22998 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23001 arg "newline-insert newline"
23005 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23010 arg "newline-insert newline"
23013 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23021 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23022 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23023 A new row is created by every further hit of
23026 arg "newline-insert newline"
23030 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23031 Here is an example:
23032 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23033 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23034 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23039 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23040 where you want to start the shift and hit
23045 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23046 position to the next column.
23047 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23048 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23049 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23050 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23057 \begin_layout Standard
23058 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23065 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23066 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23069 reference "eq:asquared"
23074 The other types are described in section
23075 \begin_inset space ~
23079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23081 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23088 \begin_layout Section
23089 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23090 \begin_inset Index idx
23093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23094 Math ! Formula numbering
23100 \begin_inset Index idx
23103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23104 Math ! Referencing formulas
23110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23112 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23119 \begin_layout Standard
23120 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23122 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23123 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23125 \begin_inset space ~
23133 arg "math-number-toggle"
23137 The formula number appears in LyX as
23138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23145 within parentheses.
23147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23154 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23156 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23157 the document class.
23158 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23159 separated by a dot:
23160 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23161 1+1=2\end{equation}
23168 arg "math-number-toggle"
23171 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23172 You can only number displayed formulas.
23175 \begin_layout Standard
23176 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23178 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23179 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23181 \begin_inset space ~
23185 \begin_inset space ~
23189 \begin_inset space ~
23197 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23200 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23201 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23203 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23209 To number all lines use the shortcut
23212 arg "math-number-toggle"
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23219 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23222 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23223 A label is inserted with the menu
23225 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23228 when the cursor is in the formula.
23229 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23230 It is recommended to use the proposed
23231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23242 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23243 type when you have many labels in your document.
23244 We inserted in the following example the label
23245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23252 in the second line:
23253 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23254 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23255 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23260 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23261 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23271 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23273 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23275 \begin_inset space ~
23281 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23282 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23283 as the formula number:
23286 \begin_layout Standard
23287 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23290 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23297 \begin_layout Standard
23298 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23299 \begin_inset space ~
23303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23305 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23310 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23313 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23316 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23321 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23329 \begin_layout Section
23330 User defined math macros
23331 \begin_inset Index idx
23334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23343 \begin_layout Standard
23344 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23345 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23346 Math macros are explained in section
23349 \begin_inset space ~
23361 \begin_layout Section
23365 \begin_layout Subsection
23367 \begin_inset Index idx
23370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 \begin_layout Standard
23380 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23381 To set a font in a formula, use the
23384 \begin_inset space ~
23390 \begin_inset Graphics
23391 filename ../images/math/font.png
23395 , or enter its command, listed in table
23396 \begin_inset space ~
23400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23402 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23409 \begin_layout Standard
23410 \begin_inset Float table
23415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23416 \begin_inset Caption
23418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23421 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23425 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 \begin_inset Tabular
23436 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23437 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23558 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23585 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23612 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23646 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23673 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23716 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23732 \begin_layout Standard
23733 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23734 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23739 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23740 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23741 Here an example where
23742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23753 denotes the set of numbers:
23754 \begin_inset Formula \[
23755 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23762 \begin_layout Standard
23763 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23769 \begin_inset space \space{}
23781 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23785 \begin_inset Newline newline
23788 So it is better not to use this feature.
23791 \begin_layout Standard
23792 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23793 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23797 \begin_inset Newline newline
23800 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23806 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23807 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23813 \begin_layout Standard
23820 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23824 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23826 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23827 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23829 \begin_inset space ~
23837 \begin_layout Subsection
23839 \begin_inset Index idx
23842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23851 \begin_layout Standard
23852 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23854 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23858 \begin_inset space ~
23862 \begin_inset space ~
23870 \begin_inset space ~
23876 \begin_inset Graphics
23877 filename ../images/math/font.png
23888 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23889 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23890 Here is an example:
23891 \begin_inset Formula \[
23893 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23894 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23902 \begin_layout Subsection
23904 \begin_inset Index idx
23907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23916 \begin_layout Standard
23917 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23918 automatically chosen in most situations.
23936 For most characters,
23944 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23945 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23950 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23951 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23953 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23954 \begin_inset Graphics
23955 filename ../images/math/style.png
23960 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23961 For example, you can set
23962 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23965 , which is normally in
23974 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23978 The four styles are used in the following example:
23981 \begin_layout Standard
23982 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23986 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23990 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23994 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24000 \begin_layout Standard
24001 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24002 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24006 \begin_inset space ~
24011 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24012 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24013 will be adjusted to correspond.
24014 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24025 \begin_layout Standard
24029 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24035 \begin_layout Section
24039 \begin_layout Standard
24040 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24041 the document classes and into layout modules.
24042 \begin_inset Index idx
24045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24051 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24052 other than the AMS classes.
24054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24056 reference "sub:Modules"
24060 for more on layout modules.
24063 \begin_layout Section
24065 \begin_inset Index idx
24068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24075 \begin_inset Index idx
24078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24088 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24089 (AMS) that are in common use.
24092 \begin_layout Subsection
24093 Enabling AMS-Support
24096 \begin_layout Standard
24097 Selecting the checkbox
24100 \begin_inset space ~
24104 \begin_inset space ~
24108 \begin_inset space ~
24115 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24119 \begin_inset Index idx
24122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24123 Document ! Settings
24131 \begin_inset space ~
24136 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24138 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24139 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24142 \begin_layout Subsection
24144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24146 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24151 \begin_inset Index idx
24154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24155 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24164 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24165 LyX allows you to choose between
24186 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24189 \begin_layout Chapter
24193 \begin_layout Section
24195 \begin_inset Index idx
24198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24207 name "sec:Cross-References"
24214 \begin_layout Standard
24215 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24216 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24218 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24219 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24220 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24223 \begin_layout Enumerate
24227 \begin_layout Enumerate
24228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24230 name "enu:Second-item"
24237 \begin_layout Enumerate
24241 \begin_layout Standard
24242 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24244 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24247 or by pressing the toolbar button
24248 \begin_inset Graphics
24249 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24255 A grey label box like this:
24256 \begin_inset Graphics
24257 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24262 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24263 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24298 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24303 \begin_inset space \space{}
24306 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24321 \begin_layout Standard
24322 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24324 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24327 or the toolbar button
24328 \begin_inset Graphics
24329 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24335 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24336 \begin_inset Graphics
24337 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24342 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24344 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24357 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24361 \begin_layout Standard
24364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24367 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24372 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24373 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24375 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24382 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24383 \begin_inset space ~
24387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24389 reference "enu:Second-item"
24396 \begin_layout Standard
24397 It is recommended to use a protected space
24401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24402 described in section
24403 \begin_inset space ~
24407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24409 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24418 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24426 \begin_layout Description
24427 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24430 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24437 \begin_layout Description
24438 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24439 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24451 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24458 \begin_layout Description
24459 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24460 \begin_inset space ~
24464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24465 LatexCommand pageref
24466 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24473 \begin_layout Description
24475 \begin_inset space ~
24479 \begin_inset space ~
24482 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24484 LatexCommand vpageref
24485 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24492 \begin_layout Description
24494 \begin_inset space ~
24498 \begin_inset space ~
24502 \begin_inset space ~
24505 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24509 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24516 \begin_layout Description
24518 \begin_inset space ~
24521 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24522 \begin_inset Newline newline
24526 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24534 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24539 \begin_inset Index idx
24542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24543 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24557 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24558 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24564 \begin_inset space \space{}
24568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24583 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24584 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24585 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24589 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24593 \begin_layout Standard
24594 You can only use the style
24598 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24602 is always possible.
24605 \begin_layout Standard
24606 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24607 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24608 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24609 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24610 \begin_inset space ~
24614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24616 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24623 \begin_layout Standard
24627 \begin_inset space ~
24631 \begin_inset space ~
24636 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24638 The button text changes then to
24641 \begin_inset space ~
24646 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24647 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24648 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24649 \begin_inset Graphics
24650 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24651 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24652 rotateOrigin center
24659 \begin_layout Standard
24660 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24661 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24662 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24665 \begin_layout Standard
24666 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24667 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 References are described in detail in the
24678 \begin_layout Section
24679 Table of Contents and other Listings
24680 \begin_inset Index idx
24683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24690 \begin_inset Index idx
24693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24709 \begin_layout Subsection
24711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24713 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24720 \begin_layout Standard
24721 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24724 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24726 \begin_inset space ~
24730 \begin_inset space ~
24736 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24737 If you click on it, the
24741 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24742 sections in your documents.
24743 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24745 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24748 that is described in sec.
24749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24755 reference "sec:Navigating"
24762 \begin_layout Standard
24763 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24764 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24766 \begin_inset space ~
24770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24772 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24776 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24778 \begin_inset space ~
24782 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24784 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24788 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24790 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24793 \begin_layout Subsection
24794 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24797 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24804 \begin_layout Standard
24805 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24806 You can insert them via the
24808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24810 \begin_inset space ~
24814 \begin_inset space ~
24820 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24823 \begin_layout Section
24824 URLs and Hyperlinks
24825 \begin_inset Index idx
24828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24835 \begin_inset Index idx
24838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24847 \begin_layout Subsection
24849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24858 \begin_layout Standard
24859 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24868 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24869 \begin_inset Flex URL
24872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24882 \begin_layout Standard
24883 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24889 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24893 \begin_layout Standard
24894 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24902 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24910 \begin_layout Subsection
24912 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24914 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24921 \begin_layout Standard
24922 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24927 or with the toolbar button
24928 \begin_inset Graphics
24929 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24930 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24935 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24944 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24945 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24946 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24948 name "LyX's homepage"
24949 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24953 , an Email address like this:
24954 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24956 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24957 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24962 , or a link to a file.
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24966 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24979 to the link target.
24982 \begin_layout Standard
24983 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24984 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24985 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24986 the text style dialog.
24987 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24991 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24993 name "LyX's homepage"
24994 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25002 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25006 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25008 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25009 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25013 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25015 \begin_inset Newline newline
25023 \begin_inset Newline newline
25030 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25033 \begin_layout Section
25035 \begin_inset Index idx
25038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25047 name "sec:Appendices"
25054 \begin_layout Standard
25055 Appendices are created with the menu
25057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25059 \begin_inset space ~
25063 \begin_inset space ~
25069 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25070 as the appendix region.
25071 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25075 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25076 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25077 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25078 and the subsection number.
25079 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25083 \begin_layout Standard
25085 \begin_inset space ~
25089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25091 reference "cha:Credits"
25096 \begin_inset space ~
25100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25102 reference "sub:Export"
25109 \begin_layout Section
25111 \begin_inset Index idx
25114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25123 name "sec:Bibliography"
25130 \begin_layout Standard
25131 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25132 You can include a bibliography database,
25136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25137 Known under the name
25138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25150 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25151 manually, using the paragraph environment
25155 , which was described in section
25156 \begin_inset space ~
25160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25162 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25167 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25168 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25172 use a bibliography database.
25175 \begin_layout Subsection
25176 The Bibliography Environment
25179 \begin_layout Standard
25184 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25186 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25195 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25197 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25206 , a short form of its title, as key.
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25210 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25215 or the toolbar button
25216 \begin_inset Graphics
25217 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25223 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25224 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25225 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25226 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25230 \begin_layout Standard
25231 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25232 entry with surrounding brackets.
25237 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25238 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25253 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25256 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25258 key "latexcompanion"
25265 \begin_layout Standard
25266 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25267 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25276 \begin_layout Subsection
25277 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25278 \begin_inset Index idx
25281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25282 Bibliography ! Databases
25288 \begin_inset Index idx
25291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25292 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25300 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25307 \begin_layout Standard
25308 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25314 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25316 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25317 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25322 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25324 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25325 your working field in a database.
25326 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25327 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25329 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25334 The database is a text file with the file extension
25335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25346 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25347 The format is explained in
25348 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25354 and in LaTeX books (
25355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25357 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25362 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25363 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25364 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25365 \begin_inset Flex URL
25368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25370 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25378 \begin_layout Standard
25379 To use a database, use the menu
25381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25386 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25399 \begin_inset space ~
25405 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25406 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25409 Add bibliography to TOC
25411 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25416 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25419 \begin_layout Standard
25420 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25432 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25433 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25434 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25436 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25442 For information how this is done, have a look at
25443 \begin_inset Newline newline
25447 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25449 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25465 \begin_layout Standard
25466 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25467 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25470 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25498 \begin_inset space ~
25504 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25510 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25519 \begin_layout Standard
25520 When you select the option
25522 Sectioned bibliography
25526 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25529 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25530 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25532 Customizing Bibliographies
25540 Additional Features
25545 \begin_layout Standard
25546 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25547 the two methods of creating them.
25548 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25549 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25550 We used the style file
25554 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25557 \begin_layout Subsection
25558 Bibliography layout
25559 \begin_inset Index idx
25562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25563 Bibliography ! Layout
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25573 For this feature you need to enable the option
25579 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25583 \begin_inset Index idx
25586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25587 Document ! Settings
25597 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25598 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25599 in the previous section.
25602 \begin_layout Standard
25603 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25604 in the citation reference window.
25605 Here an example where we set the text
25606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25610 \begin_inset space ~
25614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25617 to appear after the reference:
25620 \begin_layout Standard
25622 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25625 key "latexcompanion"
25632 \begin_layout Section
25634 \begin_inset Index idx
25637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25653 \begin_layout Standard
25654 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25658 \begin_inset space ~
25663 or the toolbar button
25664 \begin_inset Graphics
25665 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25683 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25684 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25685 by LyX as the index entry.
25688 \begin_layout Standard
25689 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25690 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25692 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25694 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25702 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25704 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25706 \begin_inset space ~
25710 \begin_inset space ~
25713 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25715 \begin_inset space ~
25721 A light blue box labeled
25722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25733 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25734 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25737 \begin_layout Subsection
25738 Grouping Index Entries
25739 \begin_inset Index idx
25742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25751 \begin_layout Standard
25752 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25754 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25755 lists under the entry
25756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25764 First we create the entry
25765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25773 \begin_inset space ~
25777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25779 reference "sub:Lists"
25784 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25785 \begin_inset space ~
25789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25791 reference "sec:Itemize"
25795 , we insert the command
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25815 for the enumerated list in section
25816 \begin_inset space ~
25820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25822 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25830 The exclamation mark
25831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25838 marks the grouping levels.
25839 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25840 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25841 If we don't have an index entry for
25842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25849 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25852 \begin_layout Subsection
25854 \begin_inset Index idx
25857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25858 Index ! Page ranges
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25869 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25870 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25872 \begin_inset space ~
25876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25878 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25888 Paragraph environments|(
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25892 and another entry at the end of section
25893 \begin_inset space ~
25897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25899 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25906 \begin_layout Standard
25909 Paragraph environments|)
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25937 respectively start and end the index range.
25938 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25939 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25940 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25941 An example is the index entry
25942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25945 Document ! Settings
25946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25952 \begin_layout Subsection
25954 \begin_inset Index idx
25957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25958 Index ! Cross referencing
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25968 We referred for example in the index entry
25969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25977 \begin_inset space ~
25981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25983 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25987 ) to the index entry
25988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 in the same section using the entry
25998 \begin_layout Standard
26001 GIF|see{Image formats}
26004 \begin_layout Standard
26005 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26006 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26007 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26010 \begin_layout Subsection
26012 \begin_inset Index idx
26015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26016 Index ! Entry order
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26026 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26027 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26032 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26034 \begin_inset space ~
26038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26040 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26049 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26050 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26075 \begin_inset Index idx
26078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26079 Dummy entries ! maïs
26085 \begin_inset Index idx
26088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26089 Dummy entries ! maître
26095 \begin_inset Index idx
26098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26099 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26104 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26105 order maïs, maison, maître.
26106 To achieve this, we use the command
26109 \begin_layout Standard
26112 previous entry@current entry
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26116 In our case we want to have
26117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26132 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26141 \begin_layout Standard
26142 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26143 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26155 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26160 to generate the index (see sec.
26161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26167 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26176 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26184 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26188 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26189 index commands start with
26190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26202 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26207 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26234 \begin_layout Subsection
26236 \begin_inset Index idx
26239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26240 Index ! Entry layout
26248 \begin_layout Standard
26249 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26250 \begin_inset Index idx
26253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26256 This is an italic dummy entry
26261 You can also format the page number using the character
26262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26269 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26270 We can write for example
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26276 italic page number:|textit
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 to get the page number in italic.
26281 \begin_inset Index idx
26284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26285 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26290 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26308 \begin_inset space ~
26314 Have a look at section
26315 \begin_inset space ~
26319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26321 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26325 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26337 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26341 to generate the index, see sec.
26342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26348 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26357 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26358 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26360 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26363 key "latexcompanion"
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26376 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26378 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26379 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26380 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26381 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26382 If so, put the following in the preamble
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 in the index entry.
26409 \begin_inset Index idx
26412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26418 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26419 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26420 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26424 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26430 \begin_inset space \space{}
26433 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26434 for all index entries.
26435 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26447 documentation for details,
26448 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26450 key "makeindex,xindy"
26457 \begin_layout Subsection
26459 \begin_inset Index idx
26462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26471 name "sub:Index-Program"
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26479 If the index entry program
26483 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26487 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26496 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26497 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26498 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26499 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26500 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26510 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26511 dialog, see section
26512 \begin_inset space ~
26516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26518 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26523 The available options are listed and explained in
26524 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26526 key "makeindex,xindy"
26531 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26536 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26537 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26541 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26542 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26546 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26547 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26550 \begin_layout Subsection
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26555 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26556 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26557 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26564 next to the standard index.
26565 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26566 packages that add this feature.
26572 \begin_inset Index idx
26575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26576 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26581 package to generate multiple indexes.
26582 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26583 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26584 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26591 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26592 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26593 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26596 \begin_layout Standard
26597 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26600 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26601 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26608 Use multiple Indexes
26609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26613 Note that the list of
26614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26621 below already contains the standard index.
26622 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26623 also appear as a heading) to the
26624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26631 input field and press the
26632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26640 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26641 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26642 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26646 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26652 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26653 indexes in the LyX work area.
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26657 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26662 \begin_inset space ~
26666 \begin_inset space ~
26675 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26676 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26677 are some additional features:
26680 \begin_layout Itemize
26681 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26682 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26685 \begin_layout Itemize
26686 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26687 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26696 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26698 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26701 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26702 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26703 to the non-subindexes.
26706 \begin_layout Section
26707 Nomenclature / Glossary
26708 \begin_inset Index idx
26711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26718 \begin_inset Index idx
26721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26752 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26759 \begin_layout Standard
26760 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26761 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26766 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26771 \begin_inset Index idx
26774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26775 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26781 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26788 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26791 \begin_layout Standard
26792 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26793 and then use the menu
26795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26801 \begin_inset space ~
26806 or the toolbar button
26807 \begin_inset Graphics
26808 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26809 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26826 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26831 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26832 The second is the description of the symbol.
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26836 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26844 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26852 \begin_layout Subsection
26853 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26854 \begin_inset Index idx
26857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26858 Nomenclature ! Layout
26866 \begin_layout Standard
26867 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26871 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26877 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26885 \begin_inset Newline newline
26893 \begin_inset Newline newline
26899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26906 character starts/ends the formula.
26907 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26919 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26930 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26931 \begin_inset space ~
26935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26937 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26948 \begin_inset space ~
26953 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26954 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26959 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26966 in this document is:
26967 \begin_inset Newline newline
26972 dummy entry for the character
26977 \begin_inset Newline newline
26989 \begin_inset space ~
26999 font use the command
27028 \begin_layout Subsection
27029 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27030 \begin_inset Index idx
27033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27034 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27044 the symbol definition.
27045 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27046 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27049 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27050 LatexCommand nomenclature
27052 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27059 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27063 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27064 LatexCommand nomenclature
27067 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27072 They will be sorted by
27073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27099 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27102 will be sorted before the
27106 since the character
27107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27114 is considered in sorting.
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27118 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27121 \begin_inset space ~
27126 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27127 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27129 For the example given, you can insert
27133 in this field for the
27134 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27141 will be located before
27142 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27148 \begin_layout Standard
27149 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27154 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27163 \begin_layout Subsection
27164 Nomenclature Options
27165 \begin_inset Index idx
27168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27169 Nomenclature ! Options
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27182 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27183 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27186 \begin_layout Description
27187 refeq Appends the phrase
27188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27203 to every nomenclature entry, where
27209 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27212 \begin_layout Description
27213 refpage Appends the phrase
27214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27229 to every nomenclature entry, where
27235 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27238 \begin_layout Description
27239 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27242 \begin_layout Standard
27243 There are furthermore the options
27287 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27291 \begin_layout Standard
27292 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27293 class options list in the
27295 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27299 In this document the option
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27307 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27314 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27315 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27320 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27323 \begin_layout Description
27333 \begin_layout Description
27336 nomrefpage Like the
27343 \begin_layout Description
27346 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27355 \begin_layout Description
27359 \begin_inset space ~
27365 \begin_inset space ~
27370 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27373 \begin_layout Subsection
27374 Printing the Nomenclature
27375 \begin_inset Index idx
27378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27379 Nomenclature ! Printing
27387 \begin_layout Standard
27388 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27392 \begin_inset space ~
27396 \begin_inset space ~
27399 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27403 A light blue box labeled
27404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27415 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27416 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27419 \begin_layout Standard
27420 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27429 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27437 For example, in order to change the name to
27441 , add the following line to the preamble:
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27452 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27455 \begin_layout Standard
27456 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27463 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27464 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27475 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27481 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27482 \begin_inset space ~
27486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27488 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27493 The default value is 1
27494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27500 \begin_layout Subsection
27501 Nomenclature Program
27502 \begin_inset Index idx
27505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27506 Nomenclature ! Program
27512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27514 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27521 \begin_layout Standard
27522 LyX uses the program
27526 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27527 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27532 by adding options, see section
27533 \begin_inset space ~
27537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27539 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27544 The available options are listed and explained in
27545 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27547 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27554 \begin_layout Section
27556 \begin_inset Index idx
27559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27566 \begin_inset Index idx
27569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27570 Document ! Branches
27576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27578 name "sec:Branches"
27585 \begin_layout Standard
27586 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27587 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27588 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27589 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27594 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27595 To create a branch, go in the
27597 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27605 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27606 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27610 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27611 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27616 where you can choose a branch.
27617 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27621 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27622 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27626 \begin_inset Branch Question
27629 \begin_layout Standard
27630 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27638 \begin_layout Standard
27639 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27642 \begin_layout Standard
27643 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27651 \begin_layout Standard
27652 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27658 \begin_layout Standard
27659 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27660 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27662 For example you can define for the question branch
27666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27667 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27668 \begin_inset space ~
27672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27674 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27686 \begin_layout Standard
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27707 and for the answer branch
27710 \begin_layout Standard
27720 \begin_layout Standard
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27731 \begin_inset Branch Question
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27767 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27770 \begin_layout Standard
27774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27803 Now it is possible to use the commands
27807 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27814 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27817 to obtain conditional output.
27818 Here is an example formula where only the
27825 \begin_inset Formula \[
27826 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27833 \begin_layout Standard
27834 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27842 \begin_layout Section
27844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27846 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27851 \begin_inset Index idx
27854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27863 \begin_layout Standard
27868 dialog allows you in the
27872 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27873 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27878 \begin_inset Index idx
27881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27882 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27890 \begin_layout Standard
27895 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27896 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27897 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27899 You can specify in the dialog tab
27903 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27905 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27906 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27910 \begin_layout Standard
27915 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27916 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27917 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27919 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27920 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27922 \begin_inset space ~
27925 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27926 \begin_inset space ~
27929 1 will only display the sections.
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27933 The header information in the dialog tab
27937 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27938 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27943 \begin_inset space \space{}
27946 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27947 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27950 Automatic fill header
27952 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27953 title and author settings.
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27959 Load in fullscreen mode
27961 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27965 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27966 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27972 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27973 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27982 \begin_layout Section
27983 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27986 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27993 \begin_layout Subsection
27995 \begin_inset Index idx
27998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28007 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28014 \begin_layout Standard
28015 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28016 constructs, but not all.
28017 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28018 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28019 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28020 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28021 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28026 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28028 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28032 \begin_inset space ~
28037 or by the toolbar button
28038 \begin_inset Graphics
28039 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28044 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28048 \begin_layout Standard
28049 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28050 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28051 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28058 , you can write the command part
28064 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28068 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28069 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28070 the following example:
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28074 \begin_inset Graphics
28075 filename clipart/ERT.png
28083 \begin_layout Standard
28087 \begin_layout Standard
28088 This is a line with a
28092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28115 \begin_layout Standard
28116 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28124 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28125 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28133 \begin_layout Subsection
28134 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28135 \begin_inset OptArg
28138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28145 \begin_inset Index idx
28148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28157 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28164 \begin_layout Standard
28165 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28166 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28167 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28176 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28177 any time if you know the right commands.
28179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28183 \begin_inset space \space{}
28186 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28188 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28189 all caption labels bold.
28190 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28192 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28197 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28198 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28199 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28201 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28211 As result you know that the package
28216 \begin_inset Index idx
28219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28220 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28226 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28228 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28239 usepackage[options]{package name}
28242 \begin_layout Standard
28243 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28244 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28245 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 In your case the package name is
28254 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28259 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28260 So you add the command
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28268 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28272 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28277 For more commands provided by the
28281 package, have a look at its documentation,
28282 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28296 \begin_layout Standard
28297 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28299 For example if you use a
28303 class, you don't need the package
28307 , you can instead write
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28315 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28320 \begin_layout Standard
28321 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28322 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28323 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28330 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28334 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28335 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28337 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28338 the previous section.
28341 \begin_layout Standard
28342 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28344 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28346 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28354 \begin_layout Section
28355 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28358 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28363 \begin_inset Index idx
28366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28373 \begin_inset Index idx
28376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28386 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28387 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28388 to break your train of thought with
28390 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28398 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28403 \begin_inset Index idx
28406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28407 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28412 as explained below, and turn on
28415 \begin_inset space ~
28422 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28426 \begin_inset space ~
28430 \begin_inset space ~
28433 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28438 \begin_inset space ~
28443 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28446 \begin_layout Standard
28447 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28449 Previews of an already loaded document are
28453 generated just by selecting the
28456 \begin_inset space ~
28461 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28465 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28466 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28469 \begin_inset space ~
28474 check box in the insert dialog.
28475 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28480 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28484 (on some systems named simply
28489 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28491 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28497 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28498 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28506 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28511 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28518 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28522 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28524 \begin_inset space ~
28529 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28530 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28532 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28533 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28534 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28535 the source view window.
28538 \begin_layout Section
28540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28542 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28547 \begin_inset Index idx
28550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28560 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28561 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28578 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28584 can be seen as the successor to
28588 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28593 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28594 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28603 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28604 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28611 \begin_layout Standard
28614 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28617 or the toolbar button
28618 \begin_inset Graphics
28619 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28620 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28624 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28625 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28626 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28627 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28628 scrolled so that it is visible.
28633 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28635 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28639 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28640 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28643 \begin_layout Standard
28644 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28647 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28651 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28652 will bring an error message.
28653 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28654 specifying a different
28656 Alternative language
28658 in preferences dialog.
28661 \begin_layout Standard
28662 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28665 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28669 \begin_layout Standard
28670 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28671 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28673 But you can use the
28676 \begin_inset space ~
28680 \begin_inset space ~
28688 \begin_layout Standard
28689 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28690 This does work with
28694 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28697 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28701 \begin_layout Standard
28706 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28709 \begin_layout Description
28711 \begin_inset space ~
28714 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28715 should consider, e.
28716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28720 \begin_inset space \space{}
28723 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28724 This should not normally be needed.
28727 \begin_layout Description
28729 \begin_inset space ~
28732 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28733 the spell checker's default choice
28736 \begin_layout Description
28738 \begin_inset space ~
28742 \begin_inset space ~
28745 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28757 \begin_layout Description
28759 \begin_inset space ~
28763 \begin_inset space ~
28766 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28768 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28775 also for the spellchecker.
28779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28780 The encodings are explained in section
28781 \begin_inset space ~
28785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28787 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28796 Only enable this if you use
28800 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28801 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28802 so this is disabled by default.
28805 \begin_layout Section
28807 \begin_inset Index idx
28810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28819 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28826 \begin_layout Standard
28827 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28828 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28838 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28840 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28849 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28850 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28851 are available for many languages.
28854 \begin_layout Standard
28855 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28859 \begin_layout Subsection
28860 Setting up the thesaurus
28863 \begin_layout Standard
28868 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28873 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28878 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28880 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28884 en_EN for English).
28885 For instance, the English files are named:
28888 \begin_layout Itemize
28892 \begin_layout Itemize
28896 \begin_layout Standard
28897 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28898 already on your system.
28899 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28900 \begin_inset Flex URL
28903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28905 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28911 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28916 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28918 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28919 unpack a zip archive.
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28931 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28932 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28934 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28935 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28939 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28942 \begin_layout Subsection
28943 Using the thesaurus
28946 \begin_layout Standard
28947 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28949 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28952 or the toolbar button
28953 \begin_inset Graphics
28954 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28956 rotateOrigin center
28960 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28962 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28964 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28965 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28966 and hyponyms (such as
28974 ), compounds (such as
28978 ) and antonyms (such as
28986 ), which are marked as such.
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28990 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28991 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28995 \begin_layout Standard
28996 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28997 the dictionary, such as the above
29001 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29006 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29007 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29008 For example looking up the word forms
29016 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29021 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29034 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29035 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29036 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29039 \begin_layout Subsection
29040 License of the Thesaurus library
29043 \begin_layout Standard
29048 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29053 as a standalone program.
29054 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29055 The library was released under the
29057 Berkeley Database License
29059 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29060 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29061 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29063 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29066 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29070 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29073 \begin_layout Section
29075 \begin_inset Index idx
29078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29085 \begin_inset Index idx
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29089 Document ! Change Tracking
29095 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29097 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29105 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29106 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29107 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29108 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29110 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29112 \begin_inset space ~
29115 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29117 \begin_inset space ~
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29126 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29140 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29141 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29144 \begin_inset space ~
29148 \begin_inset space ~
29158 \begin_inset Index idx
29161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29162 Color ! Change tracking
29167 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29168 the cursor is in changed text.
29169 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29170 \begin_inset Graphics
29171 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29173 rotateOrigin center
29180 \begin_layout Standard
29181 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29182 \begin_inset Index idx
29185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29194 \begin_layout Standard
29195 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29201 \begin_layout Standard
29202 \begin_inset Graphics
29203 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29210 \begin_layout Standard
29211 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29218 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29222 \begin_layout Standard
29223 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29229 \begin_layout Standard
29230 \begin_inset Tabular
29231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29232 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29233 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29234 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29235 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29240 \begin_inset Graphics
29241 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29243 rotateOrigin center
29252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29260 \begin_inset space ~
29263 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29265 \begin_inset space ~
29274 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29279 \begin_inset Graphics
29280 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29281 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29282 rotateOrigin center
29291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29297 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29299 \begin_inset space ~
29302 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29304 \begin_inset space ~
29308 \begin_inset space ~
29312 \begin_inset space ~
29321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29326 \begin_inset Graphics
29327 filename ../images/change-next.png
29328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29329 rotateOrigin center
29338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29342 Jumps to the next change
29348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29353 \begin_inset Graphics
29354 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29356 rotateOrigin center
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29371 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29373 \begin_inset space ~
29376 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29378 \begin_inset space ~
29387 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 \begin_inset Graphics
29393 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29394 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29395 rotateOrigin center
29404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29410 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29412 \begin_inset space ~
29415 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29417 \begin_inset space ~
29426 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29431 \begin_inset Graphics
29432 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29434 rotateOrigin center
29443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29449 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29451 \begin_inset space ~
29454 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29456 \begin_inset space ~
29465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29470 \begin_inset Graphics
29471 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29473 rotateOrigin center
29482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29488 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29490 \begin_inset space ~
29493 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29495 \begin_inset space ~
29499 \begin_inset space ~
29508 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29513 \begin_inset Graphics
29514 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29515 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29516 rotateOrigin center
29525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29531 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29533 \begin_inset space ~
29536 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29538 \begin_inset space ~
29542 \begin_inset space ~
29551 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29556 \begin_inset Graphics
29557 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29558 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29559 rotateOrigin center
29568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29575 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29577 \begin_inset space ~
29586 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29591 \begin_inset Graphics
29592 filename ../images/note-next.png
29593 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29594 rotateOrigin center
29603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29611 \begin_inset space ~
29627 \begin_layout Standard
29628 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29634 \begin_layout Standard
29635 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29636 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29637 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29638 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29639 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29640 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29641 step to the next change.
29642 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29646 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29647 to describe a change.
29650 \begin_layout Standard
29651 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29656 \begin_inset Index idx
29659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29660 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29666 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29667 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29673 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29676 \begin_layout Section
29677 International Support
29678 \begin_inset Index idx
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 International support
29690 \begin_layout Standard
29691 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29692 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29693 how to set up LyX to use them:
29694 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29696 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29703 \begin_layout Standard
29704 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29705 \begin_inset space ~
29709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29711 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29718 \begin_layout Subsection
29720 \begin_inset Index idx
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29730 \begin_inset Index idx
29733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29734 Document ! Settings
29740 \begin_inset Index idx
29743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 Document ! Language
29752 \begin_layout Standard
29755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29758 dialog lets you set
29760 the language and character encoding for your language.
29764 \begin_layout Standard
29765 Choose your language in the
29769 section of this dialog.
29777 \begin_layout Standard
29782 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29787 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29788 For details about the different encoding options see section
29789 \begin_inset space ~
29793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29795 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29802 \begin_layout Subsection
29803 Keyboard mapping configuration
29804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29806 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29813 \begin_layout Standard
29814 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29815 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29816 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29817 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29818 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29820 \begin_inset space ~
29824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29826 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29831 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29832 which one you want to use.
29835 \begin_layout Standard
29836 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29837 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29838 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29839 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29840 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29841 one to support the characters you want.
29842 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29849 \begin_layout Subsection
29853 \begin_layout Standard
29855 \begin_inset space ~
29859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29861 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29870 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29874 \begin_layout Standard
29875 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29876 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29884 \begin_layout Itemize
29885 Even if you have selected
29891 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29894 dialog, users who have only the
29898 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29902 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29903 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29904 french quotes won't show up.
29907 \begin_layout Standard
29908 \begin_inset Float table
29913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29914 \begin_inset Caption
29916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29919 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29937 \begin_inset Tabular
29938 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29939 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29940 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 \begin_layout Standard
34370 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34372 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34373 also the characters from
34385 \begin_layout Itemize
34394 \begin_layout Standard
34395 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34396 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34402 \begin_layout Standard
34403 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34404 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34410 \begin_layout Standard
34411 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34412 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34418 \begin_layout Standard
34419 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34420 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34426 \begin_layout Standard
34428 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34434 \begin_layout Standard
34436 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34442 \begin_layout Standard
34444 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34451 \begin_layout Itemize
34464 \begin_layout Standard
34466 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34474 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34480 \begin_layout Standard
34482 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34488 \begin_layout Standard
34490 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34496 \begin_layout Standard
34498 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34504 \begin_layout Standard
34506 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34513 \begin_layout Standard
34514 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34515 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34516 Also make sure you're using the
34523 \begin_layout Chapter
34526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34528 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34536 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34537 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34538 topic inside the user's guide.
34541 \begin_layout Section
34543 \begin_inset Index idx
34546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34555 \begin_layout Standard
34560 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34561 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34564 \begin_layout Subsection
34568 \begin_layout Standard
34569 Creates a new document.
34572 \begin_layout Subsection
34576 \begin_layout Standard
34577 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34578 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34579 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34582 \begin_layout Subsection
34586 \begin_layout Standard
34590 \begin_layout Subsection
34594 \begin_layout Standard
34595 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34596 Click there on a file to open it.
34599 \begin_layout Subsection
34603 \begin_layout Standard
34604 Closes the current document.
34607 \begin_layout Subsection
34611 \begin_layout Standard
34612 Closes all opened documents.
34615 \begin_layout Subsection
34619 \begin_layout Standard
34620 Saves the actual document.
34623 \begin_layout Subsection
34627 \begin_layout Standard
34628 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34631 \begin_layout Subsection
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34636 Saves all opened documents.
34639 \begin_layout Subsection
34643 \begin_layout Standard
34644 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34647 \begin_layout Subsection
34651 \begin_layout Standard
34652 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34653 It is described in the section
34655 Version Control in LyX
34659 Additional Features
34664 \begin_layout Subsection
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34670 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34671 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34672 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34675 \begin_layout Standard
34676 When using the menu entry
34679 \begin_inset space ~
34684 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34688 \begin_inset space ~
34692 \begin_inset space ~
34697 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34698 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34701 \begin_layout Subsection
34703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34712 \begin_layout Standard
34713 You can export your document to various file formats.
34714 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34715 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34716 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34719 \begin_layout Standard
34720 Here is a list of all available entries
34721 \change_deleted 1 1262887786
34722 ; they are explained in detail in section
34723 \begin_inset space ~
34727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34729 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34734 \change_inserted 1 1262887786
34740 \begin_layout Description
34744 \begin_inset space ~
34749 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34751 \change_deleted 1 1262887560
34753 \change_inserted 1 1262887561
34755 \begin_inset Newline newline
34761 \change_deleted 1 1262887562
34764 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34765 \change_deleted 1 1262887564
34771 \begin_layout Description
34777 \change_inserted 1 1262887797
34779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34780 LatexCommand prettyref
34781 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34790 \begin_layout Description
34792 \change_inserted 1 1262887568
34794 \begin_inset Newline newline
34798 \change_deleted 1 1262887572
34800 \change_inserted 1 1262887573
34804 \change_inserted 1 1262887602
34806 \change_deleted 1 1262887603
34810 \change_inserted 1 1262887606
34812 \change_deleted 1 1262887609
34816 \change_inserted 1 1262887612
34819 a third-party product and
34820 \change_inserted 1 1262887674
34822 \change_deleted 1 1262887617
34826 \change_inserted 1 1262887618
34828 \change_deleted 1 1262887618
34834 \begin_layout Description
34836 \begin_inset space ~
34840 \begin_inset space ~
34843 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34847 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34855 \begin_layout Description
34862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34870 \begin_inset space ~
34875 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34876 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34880 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34883 \begin_layout Description
34890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34898 \begin_inset space ~
34903 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34904 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34912 \begin_layout Description
34914 \begin_inset space ~
34917 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34925 is replaced by the version number)
34926 \change_inserted 1 1262887695
34930 \begin_layout Description
34932 \change_inserted 1 1262887844
34933 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine (see
34934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34935 LatexCommand prettyref
34936 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34945 \begin_layout Description
34946 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34959 \change_inserted 1 1262887646
34961 \begin_inset Newline newline
34965 \change_deleted 1 1262887649
34967 \change_inserted 1 1262887649
34971 \change_inserted 1 1262887652
34973 \change_deleted 1 1262887652
34977 \change_inserted 1 1262887656
34979 \change_deleted 1 1262887654
34983 \change_inserted 1 1262887659
34986 a third-party product and
34987 \change_inserted 1 1262887665
34989 \change_deleted 1 1262887667
34993 \change_inserted 1 1262887669
34995 \change_deleted 1 1262887670
35001 \begin_layout Description
35005 \begin_inset space ~
35010 PDF-format using the program
35013 \change_inserted 1 1262887911
35017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35018 LatexCommand prettyref
35019 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35028 \begin_layout Description
35032 \begin_inset space ~
35037 PDF-format using the program
35040 \change_inserted 1 1262887913
35044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35045 LatexCommand prettyref
35046 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35055 \begin_layout Description
35059 \begin_inset space ~
35064 PDF-format using the program
35067 \change_inserted 1 1262887914
35071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35072 LatexCommand prettyref
35073 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35082 \begin_layout Description
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35094 \begin_layout Description
35098 \begin_inset space ~
35102 \begin_inset space ~
35107 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35108 and then exported as text using the program
35113 \begin_layout Description
35118 PostScript format using the program
35121 \change_inserted 1 1262887921
35125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35126 LatexCommand prettyref
35127 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
35136 \begin_layout Description
35144 \begin_layout Standard
35149 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35150 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35156 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35159 \begin_layout Standard
35160 If one of the menu entries
35167 \begin_inset space ~
35176 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35177 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35178 \begin_inset space ~
35182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35184 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35189 \begin_inset Index idx
35192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35193 Reconfiguration of LyX
35201 \begin_layout Standard
35206 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35207 the export program.
35210 \begin_layout Subsection
35214 \begin_layout Standard
35215 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35216 format or send it to a printer.
35217 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35218 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35224 For more information have a look at section
35225 \begin_inset space ~
35229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35231 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35238 \begin_layout Subsection
35242 \begin_layout Standard
35243 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35244 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35245 prefix, see section
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35252 reference "sec:Paths"
35257 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35266 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35267 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35274 reference "sub:Converters"
35281 \begin_layout Subsection
35282 New and Close Window
35285 \begin_layout Standard
35286 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35289 \begin_layout Subsection
35293 \begin_layout Standard
35294 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35297 \begin_layout Section
35299 \begin_inset Index idx
35302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35311 \begin_layout Subsection
35315 \begin_layout Standard
35316 Described in section
35317 \begin_inset space ~
35321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35323 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35330 \begin_layout Subsection
35331 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35334 \begin_layout Standard
35335 Described in section
35336 \begin_inset space ~
35340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35342 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35349 \begin_layout Subsection
35353 \begin_layout Standard
35354 Selects the whole document.
35357 \begin_layout Subsection
35361 \begin_layout Standard
35362 Described in section
35363 \begin_inset space ~
35367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35369 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35376 \begin_layout Subsection
35377 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35380 \begin_layout Standard
35381 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35385 \begin_layout Subsection
35389 \begin_layout Standard
35390 Described in section
35391 \begin_inset space ~
35395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35397 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35404 \begin_layout Subsection
35406 \begin_inset Index idx
35409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35410 Paragraph ! Settings
35418 \begin_layout Standard
35419 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35420 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35423 \begin_layout Standard
35424 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35425 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35433 \begin_inset space ~
35441 \begin_layout Subsection
35442 Table Settings and Math
35445 \begin_layout Standard
35446 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35448 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35449 The properties of tables are described in section
35450 \begin_inset space ~
35454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35456 reference "sec:Tables"
35460 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35461 \begin_inset space ~
35465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35467 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35474 \begin_layout Subsection
35475 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35478 \begin_layout Standard
35479 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35480 that can be nested.
35481 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35482 \begin_inset space ~
35486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35488 reference "sec:Nesting"
35493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35495 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35502 \begin_layout Section
35504 \begin_inset Index idx
35507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35516 \begin_layout Standard
35521 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35522 document with an external program.
35523 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35524 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35525 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35526 \begin_inset space ~
35530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35532 reference "sub:Export"
35537 You should at least see the menu entries
35544 \begin_inset space ~
35550 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35551 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35552 \begin_inset space ~
35556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35558 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35563 \begin_inset Index idx
35566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35567 Reconfiguration of LyX
35575 \begin_layout Standard
35576 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35577 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35578 \begin_inset space ~
35582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35584 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35589 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35592 \begin_layout Standard
35593 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35596 At the bottom of the
35600 menu the opened documents are listed.
35603 \begin_layout Subsection
35604 Open/Close all Insets
35607 \begin_layout Standard
35608 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35611 \begin_layout Subsection
35612 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35615 \begin_layout Standard
35616 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35619 \begin_layout Standard
35620 Math macros are described in the
35627 \begin_layout Subsection
35631 \begin_layout Standard
35632 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35634 \begin_inset space ~
35638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35640 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35647 \begin_layout Subsection
35651 \begin_layout Standard
35652 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35653 opening a new view window.
35656 \begin_layout Subsection
35660 \begin_layout Standard
35661 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35662 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35663 view the same document, but at different positions.
35664 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35665 or more documents at the same time.
35666 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35673 \begin_layout Subsection
35677 \begin_layout Standard
35678 Closes a split view.
35681 \begin_layout Subsection
35685 \begin_layout Standard
35686 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35687 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35688 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35689 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35690 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35693 \begin_layout Subsection
35695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35697 name "sub:Toolbars"
35702 \begin_inset Index idx
35705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35716 All toolbars and the
35719 \begin_inset space ~
35724 can be turned on and off.
35729 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35741 \begin_inset space ~
35750 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35754 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35761 \begin_layout Standard
35766 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35770 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35771 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35772 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35773 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35774 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35777 \begin_layout Standard
35778 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35779 \begin_inset space ~
35783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35785 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35792 \begin_layout Section
35794 \begin_inset Index idx
35797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35806 \begin_layout Subsection
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35812 \begin_inset space ~
35816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35818 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35829 \begin_layout Subsection
35831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35833 name "sub:Special-Character"
35840 \begin_layout Standard
35841 Here you can insert the following characters:
35844 \begin_layout Description
35845 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35846 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35847 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35848 \begin_inset Newline newline
35852 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 Not all characters will be visible in the
35864 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35872 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35876 ) can display every character.
35884 \begin_layout Description
35885 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35889 \begin_layout Description
35891 \begin_inset space ~
35895 \begin_inset space ~
35898 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35899 \begin_inset space ~
35903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35905 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35912 \begin_layout Description
35914 \begin_inset space ~
35917 Quote Inserts this quote:
35918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35921 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35933 \begin_layout Description
35935 \begin_inset space ~
35938 Quote Inserts this quote:
35939 \begin_inset Quotes els
35945 \begin_layout Description
35947 \begin_inset space ~
35950 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35954 \begin_layout Description
35956 \begin_inset space ~
35959 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35963 \begin_layout Description
35965 \begin_inset space ~
35968 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35972 \begin_layout Description
35974 \begin_inset space ~
35978 \begin_inset Index idx
35981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35988 \begin_inset Index idx
35991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35992 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35997 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35998 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35999 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
36004 \begin_inset Index idx
36007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36008 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
36014 \begin_inset Newline newline
36017 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
36021 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36029 and this Wiki-page:
36030 \begin_inset Newline newline
36034 \begin_inset Flex URL
36037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36039 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
36047 \begin_layout Subsection
36051 \begin_layout Standard
36052 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
36055 \begin_layout Description
36056 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
36057 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
36063 \begin_layout Description
36064 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
36065 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
36071 \begin_layout Description
36073 \begin_inset space ~
36076 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
36077 \begin_inset space ~
36081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36083 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
36090 \begin_layout Description
36092 \begin_inset space ~
36095 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36096 \begin_inset space ~
36100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36102 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36109 \begin_layout Description
36111 \begin_inset space ~
36114 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36115 \begin_inset space ~
36119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36121 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36128 \begin_layout Description
36130 \begin_inset space ~
36133 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36134 \begin_inset space ~
36138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36140 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36147 \begin_layout Description
36149 \begin_inset space ~
36152 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36153 \begin_inset space ~
36157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36159 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36166 \begin_layout Description
36168 \begin_inset space ~
36171 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36172 \begin_inset space ~
36176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36178 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36185 \begin_layout Description
36187 \begin_inset space ~
36190 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36191 \begin_inset space ~
36195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36197 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36204 \begin_layout Description
36206 \begin_inset space ~
36209 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36210 \begin_inset space ~
36214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36216 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36223 \begin_layout Description
36225 \begin_inset space ~
36229 \begin_inset space ~
36232 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36233 \begin_inset space ~
36237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36239 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36246 \begin_layout Description
36248 \begin_inset space ~
36251 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36252 text line to the page border, see section
36253 \begin_inset space ~
36257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36259 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36266 \begin_layout Description
36268 \begin_inset space ~
36271 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36272 \begin_inset space ~
36276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36278 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36285 \begin_layout Description
36287 \begin_inset space ~
36290 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36291 text page to the page border, described in section
36292 \begin_inset space ~
36296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36298 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36305 \begin_layout Description
36307 \begin_inset space ~
36310 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36317 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36324 \begin_layout Description
36326 \begin_inset space ~
36330 \begin_inset space ~
36333 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36334 \begin_inset space ~
36338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36340 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36347 \begin_layout Subsection
36351 \begin_layout Standard
36352 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36353 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36361 reference "sec:toc"
36366 The index list is described in section
36367 \begin_inset space ~
36371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36373 reference "sec:Index"
36377 , the nomenclature in section
36378 \begin_inset space ~
36382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36384 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36388 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36402 \begin_layout Subsection
36406 \begin_layout Standard
36407 To insert floats, described in section
36408 \begin_inset space ~
36412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36414 reference "sec:Floats"
36421 \begin_layout Subsection
36425 \begin_layout Standard
36426 To insert notes, described in section
36427 \begin_inset space ~
36431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36433 reference "sec:Notes"
36440 \begin_layout Subsection
36444 \begin_layout Standard
36445 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36446 \begin_inset space ~
36450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36452 reference "sec:Branches"
36459 \begin_layout Subsection
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36465 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36467 An example is the document class
36468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36475 with three custom insets.
36478 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36484 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36487 \begin_layout Subsection
36489 \begin_inset Index idx
36492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36501 \begin_layout Standard
36502 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36503 files in your document.
36504 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36515 \begin_layout Subsection
36517 \begin_inset Index idx
36520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36529 \begin_layout Standard
36530 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36531 \begin_inset space ~
36535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36537 reference "sec:Minipages"
36542 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36553 \begin_layout Subsection
36557 \begin_layout Standard
36558 Inserts a citation as described in section
36559 \begin_inset space ~
36563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36565 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36572 \begin_layout Subsection
36576 \begin_layout Standard
36577 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36578 \begin_inset space ~
36582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36584 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36591 \begin_layout Subsection
36595 \begin_layout Standard
36596 Inserts a label as described in section
36597 \begin_inset space ~
36601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36603 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36610 \begin_layout Subsection
36612 \begin_inset Index idx
36615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36622 \begin_inset Index idx
36625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36626 Longtables ! Caption
36634 \begin_layout Standard
36635 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36636 Floats are described in section
36637 \begin_inset space ~
36641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36643 reference "sec:Floats"
36647 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36658 \begin_layout Subsection
36662 \begin_layout Standard
36663 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36664 \begin_inset space ~
36668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36670 reference "sec:Index"
36677 \begin_layout Subsection
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36682 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36683 \begin_inset space ~
36687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36689 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36696 \begin_layout Subsection
36700 \begin_layout Standard
36702 Tables are described in section
36703 \begin_inset space ~
36707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36709 reference "sec:Tables"
36716 \begin_layout Subsection
36720 \begin_layout Standard
36722 Graphics are described in section
36723 \begin_inset space ~
36727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36729 reference "sec:Graphics"
36736 \begin_layout Subsection
36740 \begin_layout Standard
36741 Inserts an URL as described in section
36742 \begin_inset space ~
36746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36748 reference "sub:URLs"
36755 \begin_layout Subsection
36759 \begin_layout Standard
36760 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36761 \begin_inset space ~
36765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36767 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36774 \begin_layout Subsection
36778 \begin_layout Standard
36779 Inserts a footnote, see section
36780 \begin_inset space ~
36784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36786 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36793 \begin_layout Subsection
36797 \begin_layout Standard
36798 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36799 \begin_inset space ~
36803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36805 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36812 \begin_layout Subsection
36816 \begin_layout Standard
36817 Inserts a short title, see section
36818 \begin_inset space ~
36822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36824 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36831 \begin_layout Subsection
36835 \begin_layout Standard
36836 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36837 \begin_inset space ~
36841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36843 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36850 \begin_layout Subsection
36852 \begin_inset Index idx
36855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 \begin_layout Standard
36865 Inserts a program listings box.
36866 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36868 Program Code Listings
36877 \begin_layout Subsection
36881 \begin_layout Standard
36882 Inserts the actual date.
36883 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36885 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36897 \begin_layout Section
36899 \begin_inset Index idx
36902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 \begin_layout Standard
36912 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36913 \begin_inset space ~
36916 of the current document.
36917 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36920 \begin_layout Subsection
36924 \begin_layout Standard
36925 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36926 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36932 \begin_inset space \space{}
36936 \begin_inset space ~
36940 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36941 \begin_inset space ~
36944 2.5 and use the menu
36947 \begin_inset space ~
36951 \begin_inset space ~
36958 \begin_inset space ~
36964 \begin_inset space ~
36968 \begin_inset space ~
36974 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36978 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36984 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36990 \begin_layout Standard
36991 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36992 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36995 \begin_layout Subsection
36996 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36999 \begin_layout Standard
37000 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
37004 \begin_layout Subsection
37008 \begin_layout Standard
37009 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
37010 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
37011 on a cross-reference box.
37014 \begin_layout Section
37016 \begin_inset Index idx
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37028 \begin_layout Subsection
37032 \begin_layout Standard
37033 Change Tracking is described in section
37034 \begin_inset space ~
37038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37040 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37047 \begin_layout Subsection
37052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37062 \begin_layout Standard
37063 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
37065 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
37068 \begin_layout Standard
37069 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
37074 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
37077 \begin_layout Subsection
37081 \begin_layout Standard
37082 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
37083 \begin_inset space ~
37087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37089 reference "sec:Navigating"
37094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37096 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37103 \begin_layout Subsection
37104 Start Appendix Here
37107 \begin_layout Standard
37108 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37109 position as described in section
37110 \begin_inset space ~
37114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37116 reference "sec:Appendices"
37123 \begin_layout Subsection
37127 \begin_layout Standard
37128 Un/compresses the current document.
37131 \begin_layout Subsection
37135 \begin_layout Standard
37136 The document settings are described in appendix
37137 \begin_inset space ~
37141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37143 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37150 \begin_layout Section
37152 \begin_inset Index idx
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37164 \begin_layout Subsection
37168 \begin_layout Standard
37169 Spell checking is explained in section
37170 \begin_inset space ~
37174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37176 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37183 \begin_layout Subsection
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37188 The thesaurus is described in section
37189 \begin_inset space ~
37193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37195 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37202 \begin_layout Subsection
37204 \begin_inset Index idx
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 \begin_inset Index idx
37217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 \begin_layout Standard
37227 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37228 highlighted document part.
37231 \begin_layout Subsection
37233 \begin_inset Index idx
37236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 \begin_layout Standard
37246 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37249 \begin_layout Subsection
37251 \begin_inset Index idx
37254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37255 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37266 Reconfiguration of LyX
37270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 \begin_inset Index idx
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37287 Reconfiguration of LyX
37295 \begin_layout Standard
37296 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37297 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37298 \begin_inset space ~
37302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37304 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37311 \begin_layout Subsection
37315 \begin_layout Standard
37316 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37323 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37330 \begin_layout Section
37332 \begin_inset Index idx
37335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 \begin_layout Standard
37345 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37349 \begin_layout Standard
37353 \begin_inset space ~
37358 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37359 found by LyX (see also section
37360 \begin_inset space ~
37364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37366 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37373 \begin_layout Section
37375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37377 name "sec:Toolbars"
37384 \begin_layout Standard
37385 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37386 \begin_inset space ~
37390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37392 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37399 \begin_layout Standard
37400 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37401 This is described in the
37403 Additional Features
37408 \begin_layout Subsection
37410 \begin_inset Index idx
37413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 \begin_layout Standard
37423 \begin_inset Graphics
37424 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37432 \begin_layout Standard
37433 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37439 \begin_layout Standard
37440 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37457 \begin_inset Note Note
37460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37461 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37466 manual for more information.
37474 \begin_layout Standard
37475 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37481 \begin_layout Standard
37482 \begin_inset Tabular
37483 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37484 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37485 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37486 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37492 \begin_inset Graphics
37493 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37507 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37520 \begin_layout Standard
37521 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37527 \begin_layout Standard
37529 \begin_inset Tabular
37530 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37531 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37532 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37533 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37541 \begin_inset Graphics
37542 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37558 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Graphics
37571 filename ../images/file-open.png
37572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 \begin_inset Graphics
37600 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37616 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 \begin_inset Graphics
37629 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37645 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 \begin_inset Graphics
37658 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37681 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37686 \begin_inset Graphics
37687 filename ../images/undo.png
37688 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37703 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37710 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37715 \begin_inset Graphics
37716 filename ../images/redo.png
37717 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37732 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 \begin_inset Graphics
37745 filename ../images/cut.png
37746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37761 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 \begin_inset Graphics
37774 filename ../images/copy.png
37775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37797 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37802 \begin_inset Graphics
37803 filename ../images/paste.png
37804 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37819 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 \begin_inset Graphics
37832 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37833 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37834 rotateOrigin center
37843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37869 \begin_inset Graphics
37870 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37872 rotateOrigin center
37881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37887 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37888 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37895 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37900 \begin_inset Graphics
37901 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37902 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37915 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37917 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37919 \begin_inset space ~
37930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37935 \begin_inset Graphics
37936 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37950 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37952 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37954 \begin_inset space ~
37965 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37970 \begin_inset Graphics
37971 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37972 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 Formats text using the current settings in the
37987 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37989 \begin_inset space ~
38000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 \begin_inset Graphics
38006 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38007 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38023 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38025 \begin_inset space ~
38034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38039 \begin_inset Graphics
38040 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38041 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38042 rotateOrigin center
38051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38069 \begin_inset Graphics
38070 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38072 rotateOrigin center
38081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38099 \begin_inset Graphics
38100 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38102 rotateOrigin center
38111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38115 Toggle outline window on/off,
38117 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38129 \begin_inset Graphics
38130 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38132 rotateOrigin center
38141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38145 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38151 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38156 \begin_inset Graphics
38157 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38158 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38159 rotateOrigin center
38168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38172 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38185 \begin_layout Subsection
38187 \begin_inset Index idx
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38199 \begin_layout Standard
38200 \begin_inset Graphics
38201 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38209 \begin_layout Standard
38210 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38216 \begin_layout Standard
38217 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38221 \begin_layout Standard
38222 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38228 \begin_layout Standard
38229 \begin_inset Tabular
38230 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38231 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38232 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38233 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38234 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38239 \begin_inset Graphics
38240 filename ../images/layout.png
38241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38242 rotateOrigin center
38251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38266 \begin_inset Graphics
38267 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38268 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38269 rotateOrigin center
38278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38296 rotateOrigin center
38305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38315 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38320 \begin_inset Graphics
38321 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38322 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38323 rotateOrigin center
38332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 \begin_inset Graphics
38348 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38349 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38350 rotateOrigin center
38359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38374 \begin_inset Graphics
38375 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38376 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38377 rotateOrigin center
38386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38394 \begin_inset space ~
38398 \begin_inset space ~
38407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38412 \begin_inset Graphics
38413 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38415 rotateOrigin center
38424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38432 \begin_inset space ~
38436 \begin_inset space ~
38445 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38450 \begin_inset Graphics
38451 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38452 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38467 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38468 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38480 \begin_inset Graphics
38481 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38497 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38498 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38510 \begin_inset Graphics
38511 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38539 \begin_inset Graphics
38540 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38568 \begin_inset Graphics
38569 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38597 \begin_inset Graphics
38598 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38616 \begin_inset space ~
38625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 \begin_inset Graphics
38631 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38649 \begin_inset space ~
38658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 \begin_inset Graphics
38664 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38692 \begin_inset Graphics
38693 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38695 rotateOrigin center
38704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38710 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38712 \begin_inset space ~
38721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38726 \begin_inset Graphics
38727 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38728 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38743 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38744 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38746 \begin_inset space ~
38755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38760 \begin_inset Graphics
38761 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38789 \begin_inset Graphics
38790 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38818 \begin_inset Graphics
38819 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38820 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38862 \begin_inset Graphics
38863 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38864 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38880 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38892 \begin_inset Graphics
38893 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38909 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38910 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38912 \begin_inset space ~
38921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38926 \begin_inset Graphics
38927 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38928 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38929 rotateOrigin center
38938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38944 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38946 \begin_inset space ~
38955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38960 \begin_inset Graphics
38961 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38963 rotateOrigin center
38972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38980 \begin_inset space ~
38989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38994 \begin_inset Graphics
38995 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38997 rotateOrigin center
39006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39012 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39026 \begin_layout Subsection
39027 View / Update Toolbar
39028 \begin_inset Index idx
39031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39032 Toolbar ! View / Update
39040 \begin_layout Standard
39041 \begin_inset Graphics
39042 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39049 \begin_layout Standard
39050 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39056 \begin_layout Standard
39057 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39061 \begin_layout Standard
39062 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39068 \begin_layout Standard
39069 \begin_inset Tabular
39070 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39071 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39072 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39073 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39079 \begin_inset Graphics
39080 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39082 rotateOrigin center
39091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39109 \begin_inset Graphics
39110 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39111 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39112 rotateOrigin center
39121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39127 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39128 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39135 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39140 \begin_inset Graphics
39141 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39142 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39143 rotateOrigin center
39152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39158 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39165 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39170 \begin_inset Graphics
39171 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39173 rotateOrigin center
39182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39188 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39189 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39201 \begin_inset Graphics
39202 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39204 rotateOrigin center
39213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39219 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39231 \begin_inset Graphics
39232 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39233 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39234 rotateOrigin center
39243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39249 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39250 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39264 \begin_layout Subsection
39268 \begin_layout Standard
39269 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39270 \begin_inset space ~
39274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39276 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39280 , the table toolbar
39281 \begin_inset Index idx
39284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39294 manual, the math macro toolbar
39295 \begin_inset Index idx
39298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39311 \begin_layout Chapter
39312 The Document Settings
39313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39315 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39320 \begin_inset Index idx
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39324 Document ! Settings
39332 \begin_layout Standard
39333 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39334 whole document and is called with the menu
39336 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39340 You can save your document settings as default with th
39342 e Save as Document Defaults
39344 button in the dialog.
39345 This will create a template name
39353 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39357 \begin_layout Standard
39358 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39361 \begin_layout Section
39365 \begin_layout Standard
39366 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39368 Document classes are described in section
39369 \begin_inset space ~
39373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39375 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39380 Some classes use some class options by default.
39381 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39385 and you can decide to use them or not.
39386 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39387 recommended not to touch them.
39388 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39394 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39395 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39401 When you want one of the following drivers
39402 \begin_inset Newline newline
39405 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39406 \begin_inset Newline newline
39409 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39416 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39428 \begin_layout Standard
39429 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39430 child or subdocument.
39431 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39432 without its master.
39433 This way child documents are always compilable.
39434 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39445 \begin_layout Section
39449 \begin_layout Standard
39450 Modules are explained in section
39451 \begin_inset space ~
39455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39457 reference "sub:Modules"
39464 \begin_layout Section
39468 \begin_layout Standard
39469 The document font settings are described in section
39470 \begin_inset space ~
39474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39476 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39483 \begin_layout Section
39487 \begin_layout Standard
39488 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39490 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39494 \begin_layout Standard
39495 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39496 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39497 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39500 \begin_layout Standard
39501 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39509 \begin_layout Section
39513 \begin_layout Standard
39514 A description of this menu is given in section
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39521 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39528 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39535 \begin_layout Section
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39540 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39547 reference "sub:Margins"
39554 \begin_layout Section
39556 \begin_inset Index idx
39559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39560 Language ! Encoding
39568 \begin_layout Standard
39569 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39570 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39571 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39572 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39573 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39574 known for a particular character).
39578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39579 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39580 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39585 manual for details.
39593 \begin_layout Standard
39594 If you use the option
39598 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39599 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39600 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39601 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39602 exactly one encoding.
39603 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39612 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39613 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39615 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39616 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39630 \begin_layout Standard
39631 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39632 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39633 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39634 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39635 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39636 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39641 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39642 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39643 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39646 \begin_layout Standard
39647 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39650 \begin_layout Description
39652 \begin_inset space ~
39656 \begin_inset space ~
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39667 , but the LaTeX-package
39672 \begin_inset Index idx
39675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39676 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39682 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39683 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39684 languages in TeX code.
39687 \begin_layout Description
39688 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39689 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39690 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39693 \begin_layout Description
39695 \begin_inset space ~
39699 \begin_inset space ~
39702 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39705 \begin_layout Description
39707 \begin_inset space ~
39711 \begin_inset space ~
39714 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39717 \begin_layout Description
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39722 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39725 \begin_layout Description
39727 \begin_inset space ~
39731 \begin_inset space ~
39734 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39735 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39738 \begin_layout Description
39740 \begin_inset space ~
39744 \begin_inset space ~
39747 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39751 \begin_layout Description
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39760 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39761 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39764 \begin_layout Description
39766 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39774 \begin_inset space ~
39777 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39778 \begin_inset space ~
39784 \begin_layout Description
39786 \begin_inset space ~
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39797 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39798 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39801 \begin_layout Description
39803 \begin_inset space ~
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39810 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39811 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39812 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39817 \begin_inset space ~
39823 \begin_layout Description
39825 \begin_inset space ~
39829 \begin_inset space ~
39832 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39833 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39834 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39835 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39836 \begin_inset space ~
39840 \begin_inset space ~
39846 \begin_layout Description
39848 \begin_inset space ~
39852 \begin_inset space ~
39855 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39858 \begin_layout Description
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39864 \begin_inset space ~
39867 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39870 \begin_layout Description
39872 \begin_inset space ~
39876 \begin_inset space ~
39879 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39882 \begin_layout Description
39884 \begin_inset space ~
39887 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39890 \begin_layout Description
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39895 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39898 \begin_layout Description
39900 \begin_inset space ~
39904 \begin_inset space ~
39907 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39910 \begin_layout Description
39912 \begin_inset space ~
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39922 \begin_layout Description
39924 \begin_inset space ~
39928 \begin_inset space ~
39931 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39934 \begin_layout Description
39936 \begin_inset space ~
39940 \begin_inset space ~
39946 \begin_layout Description
39948 \begin_inset space ~
39952 \begin_inset space ~
39955 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39960 \begin_inset Index idx
39963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39964 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39969 , when using this, set the document language to
39974 \begin_layout Description
39976 \begin_inset space ~
39980 \begin_inset space ~
39983 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39987 , when using this, set the document language to
39992 \begin_layout Description
39994 \begin_inset space ~
39998 \begin_inset space ~
40001 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40006 \begin_inset Index idx
40009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40010 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
40015 , when using this, set the document language to
40020 \begin_layout Description
40022 \begin_inset space ~
40026 \begin_inset space ~
40029 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40033 , when using this, set the document language to
40038 \begin_layout Description
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40044 \begin_inset space ~
40047 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
40051 , when using this, set the document language to
40056 \begin_layout Description
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40061 (EUC-KR) for Korean
40064 \begin_layout Description
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40070 \begin_inset space ~
40074 \begin_inset space ~
40077 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
40080 \begin_layout Description
40082 \begin_inset space ~
40086 \begin_inset space ~
40090 \begin_inset space ~
40093 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
40094 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
40095 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40098 \begin_layout Description
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40104 \begin_inset space ~
40110 \begin_layout Description
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40116 \begin_inset space ~
40119 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40120 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40123 \begin_layout Description
40125 \begin_inset space ~
40129 \begin_inset space ~
40132 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40137 \begin_inset Index idx
40140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40141 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40146 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40149 \begin_layout Description
40151 \begin_inset space ~
40155 \begin_inset space ~
40158 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40162 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40171 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40172 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40186 \begin_layout Description
40188 \begin_inset space ~
40192 \begin_inset space ~
40195 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40200 \begin_inset Index idx
40203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40204 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40209 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40212 \begin_layout Description
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40217 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40222 \begin_inset Index idx
40225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40226 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40232 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40236 \begin_layout Description
40238 \begin_inset space ~
40242 \begin_inset space ~
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40249 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40256 \begin_layout Description
40258 \begin_inset space ~
40262 \begin_inset space ~
40266 \begin_inset space ~
40269 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40270 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40271 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40275 \begin_layout Description
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40281 \begin_inset space ~
40285 \begin_inset space ~
40288 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40289 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40292 \begin_layout Section
40296 \begin_layout Standard
40297 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40298 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40305 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40312 \begin_layout Section
40316 \begin_layout Standard
40317 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40322 \begin_inset Index idx
40325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40326 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40336 \begin_inset Index idx
40339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40340 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40345 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40350 \begin_inset Index idx
40353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40354 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40359 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40361 For a further description see section
40362 \begin_inset space ~
40366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40368 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40375 \begin_layout Section
40379 \begin_layout Standard
40380 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40381 and you can define additional indexes.
40382 Please refer to section
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40389 reference "sec:Index"
40396 \begin_layout Section
40400 \begin_layout Standard
40401 The PDF properties are explained in section
40402 \begin_inset space ~
40406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40408 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40415 \begin_layout Section
40419 \begin_layout Standard
40420 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40425 \begin_inset Index idx
40428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40429 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40439 \begin_inset Index idx
40442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40443 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40448 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40451 \begin_layout Standard
40456 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40457 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40460 \begin_layout Standard
40465 is used for special integral characters.
40468 \begin_layout Section
40472 \begin_layout Standard
40473 The float placement options are described in section
40474 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40480 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40487 \begin_layout Section
40491 \begin_layout Standard
40492 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40493 The itemize environment is described in section
40494 \begin_inset space ~
40498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40500 reference "sec:Itemize"
40507 \begin_layout Section
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 Branches are described in section
40513 \begin_inset space ~
40517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40519 reference "sec:Branches"
40526 \begin_layout Section
40531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40541 \begin_layout Standard
40542 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40543 to define LaTeX-commands.
40544 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40545 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40549 \begin_layout Standard
40550 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40551 \begin_inset space ~
40555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40557 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40564 \begin_layout Chapter
40570 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40572 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40577 \begin_inset Index idx
40580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 \begin_layout Standard
40590 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40592 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40596 It has the following submenus.
40599 \begin_layout Section
40603 \begin_layout Subsection
40607 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40608 User Interface File
40609 \begin_inset Index idx
40612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40613 Customization ! of toolbars
40619 \begin_inset Index idx
40622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 Customization ! of menus
40631 \begin_layout Standard
40632 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40640 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40649 \begin_layout Standard
40650 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40651 interface (ui) file.
40652 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40653 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40662 Both files are loaded by the
40667 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40668 files and edit the entries.
40671 \begin_layout Standard
40672 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40684 entries must be ended with an explicit
40709 and in the case of the
40710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40722 The syntax for the entries is:
40725 \begin_layout Standard
40726 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40754 \begin_layout Standard
40756 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40759 All LyX-functions are listed in
40760 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40769 \begin_layout Standard
40770 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40777 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40779 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40782 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40786 \begin_layout Standard
40787 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40813 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40816 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40819 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40823 \begin_layout Standard
40826 Enable tool tips in main work area
40828 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40836 \begin_layout Standard
40840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40844 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40847 restoring of window layout and geometries
40849 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40850 in the last LyX session.
40853 \begin_layout Standard
40856 Restore cursor positions
40858 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40862 \begin_layout Standard
40865 Load opened files from last session
40867 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40870 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40874 name "sub:Backup documents"
40879 \begin_inset Index idx
40882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40891 \begin_layout Standard
40896 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40899 \begin_layout Standard
40904 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40907 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40909 \begin_inset space ~
40917 \begin_layout Standard
40920 Open documents in tabs
40922 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40926 \begin_layout Subsection
40928 \begin_inset Index idx
40931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40938 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40940 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40947 \begin_layout Standard
40948 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40951 \begin_layout Standard
40952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 This section only deals with the fonts
40965 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40969 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40980 \begin_layout Standard
40981 By default, LyX uses
40985 as roman (serif) font,
40993 (depends on the system) as
40996 \begin_inset space ~
41012 \begin_layout Standard
41013 You can change the font size with the
41018 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
41019 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
41022 \begin_layout Standard
41027 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
41028 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
41030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41033 points have the size of 1
41034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41038 \begin_inset space ~
41042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41044 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
41051 \begin_layout Standard
41056 are the same as if a document font size of 10
41057 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41061 The sizes are explained in detail in section
41062 \begin_inset space ~
41066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41068 reference "sub:Document-Font"
41075 \begin_layout Standard
41078 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
41080 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
41081 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
41082 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
41083 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
41085 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
41086 \begin_inset space ~
41092 \begin_layout Subsection
41094 \begin_inset Index idx
41097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41104 \begin_inset Index idx
41107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41116 \begin_layout Standard
41117 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41118 Choose an item in the list and use the
41125 \begin_layout Subsection
41127 \begin_inset Index idx
41130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 \begin_layout Standard
41140 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41143 \begin_layout Standard
41148 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41149 This feature is described in section
41150 \begin_inset space ~
41154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41156 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41163 \begin_layout Standard
41167 \begin_inset space ~
41171 \begin_inset space ~
41175 \begin_inset space ~
41180 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41183 \begin_layout Section
41185 \begin_inset Index idx
41188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41197 \begin_layout Subsection
41201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41205 \begin_layout Standard
41208 Cursor follows scrollbar
41210 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41214 \begin_layout Standard
41217 Sort environments alphabetically
41219 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41222 \begin_layout Standard
41225 Group environments by their category
41227 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41230 \begin_layout Standard
41231 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41243 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41247 \begin_layout Standard
41248 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41253 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41254 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41258 \begin_layout Subsection
41260 \begin_inset Index idx
41263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41270 \begin_inset Index idx
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41274 Settings ! Shortcuts
41282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41286 \begin_layout Standard
41287 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41288 Several binding files are available:
41291 \begin_layout Description
41292 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41295 \begin_layout Description
41296 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41307 \begin_layout Description
41308 mac.bind set of bindings for
41311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41319 \begin_layout Standard
41320 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41324 , and bind files for special languages.
41325 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41330 \begin_inset space \space{}
41334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41342 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41346 \begin_layout Standard
41347 Some bind-files, like
41351 , have only a small scope.
41352 When looking at the the end of the file
41356 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41363 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41368 \begin_inset Index idx
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41372 Key Bindings ! Editing
41380 \begin_layout Standard
41381 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41382 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41383 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41386 Show key-bindings containing
41389 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41390 Insert there for example as keyword
41391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41398 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41408 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41409 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41413 that you will find in the
41420 \begin_layout Standard
41422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41426 \begin_inset space \space{}
41437 , select the function and press the
41442 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41443 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41444 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41445 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41446 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41448 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41450 The binding for the function
41454 is an example of this.
41457 \begin_layout Standard
41458 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41460 The syntax of the entries is:
41463 \begin_layout Standard
41469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41487 \begin_layout Subsection
41489 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41499 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41504 \begin_inset Index idx
41507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 \begin_inset Index idx
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41518 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41526 \begin_layout Standard
41527 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41528 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41530 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41534 \begin_inset space \space{}
41537 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41538 can use the keyboard map file named
41545 \begin_layout Standard
41546 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41554 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41562 \begin_layout Standard
41563 Besides this, you can specify here the
41565 Wheel scrolling speed
41568 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41572 \begin_layout Subsection
41574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41576 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41581 \begin_inset Index idx
41584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41593 \begin_layout Standard
41594 Input completion is described in sec.
41595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41601 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41606 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41608 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41609 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41613 \begin_layout Section
41615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41622 \begin_inset Index idx
41625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41632 \begin_inset Index idx
41635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41644 \begin_layout Description
41646 \begin_inset space ~
41649 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41650 It is the default when you
41661 \begin_inset space ~
41669 \begin_layout Description
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41674 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41676 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41690 \begin_layout Description
41692 \begin_inset space ~
41695 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41705 \begin_inset Newline newline
41709 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41721 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41729 \begin_layout Description
41731 \begin_inset space ~
41735 \begin_inset Index idx
41738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41745 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41746 \begin_inset space ~
41750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41752 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41760 will be used to save the backups.
41761 \begin_inset Newline newline
41764 The backup files have the ending
41765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41775 \begin_layout Description
41780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41788 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41789 \begin_inset Newline newline
41793 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41801 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41809 \begin_layout Description
41811 \begin_inset space ~
41814 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41817 \begin_layout Description
41819 \begin_inset space ~
41822 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41823 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41824 to find it on the system.
41825 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41826 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41835 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41836 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41840 \begin_layout Section
41844 \begin_layout Standard
41845 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41846 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41848 \begin_inset space ~
41852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41854 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41858 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41861 \begin_layout Section
41863 \begin_inset Index idx
41866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41867 Language ! Settings
41873 \begin_inset Index idx
41876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41877 Settings ! Language
41885 \begin_layout Subsection
41889 \begin_layout Description
41891 \begin_inset space ~
41895 \begin_inset space ~
41898 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41899 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41900 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41901 You find the actual translation status here:
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41904 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41905 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41912 \begin_layout Description
41914 \begin_inset space ~
41917 language is the language used in new documents
41920 \begin_layout Description
41922 \begin_inset space ~
41925 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41927 The default is the LaTeX-command
41933 that loads the package
41941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41942 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41943 \begin_inset space ~
41947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41949 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41959 \begin_inset Newline newline
41966 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41967 to the document language.
41968 A text label is, for instance, the word
41969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41976 at the beginning of every table caption.
41979 \begin_layout Description
41981 \begin_inset space ~
41984 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41985 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41986 An example is the start command
41992 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41997 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42012 selectlanguage{$$lang}
42017 \begin_layout Description
42019 \begin_inset space ~
42027 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
42028 command toggles the package on and off.
42031 \begin_layout Description
42033 \begin_inset space ~
42043 \begin_layout Description
42044 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
42045 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
42046 used by all LaTeX-packages.
42047 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
42054 \begin_layout Description
42056 \begin_inset space ~
42059 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
42061 When this option is not set, the
42064 \begin_inset space ~
42069 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
42070 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
42073 \begin_inset space ~
42081 \begin_layout Description
42083 \begin_inset space ~
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42095 When it is not set, the
42098 \begin_inset space ~
42103 is set to the end of the document.
42106 \begin_layout Description
42108 \begin_inset space ~
42112 \begin_inset space ~
42115 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42116 language will be underlined blue.
42119 \begin_layout Description
42121 \begin_inset space ~
42125 \begin_inset space ~
42128 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42129 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42132 \begin_layout Description
42134 \begin_inset space ~
42137 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42138 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42139 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42140 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42143 \begin_layout Subsection
42147 \begin_layout Standard
42148 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42149 \begin_inset space ~
42153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42155 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42162 \begin_layout Section
42166 \begin_layout Subsection
42168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42175 \begin_inset Index idx
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42185 \begin_inset Index idx
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42197 \begin_layout Description
42199 \begin_inset space ~
42202 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42203 The name will be used when the
42208 \begin_inset Newline newline
42212 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42220 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42228 \begin_layout Description
42230 \begin_inset space ~
42234 \begin_inset space ~
42238 \begin_inset space ~
42241 printer This option works only for the
42246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42258 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42259 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42262 \begin_layout Description
42264 \begin_inset space ~
42267 command is the command LyX
42268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42272 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42275 LaTeX uses for printing.
42276 The default is on most systems
42283 \begin_layout Description
42285 \begin_inset space ~
42289 \begin_inset space ~
42292 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42293 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42294 of the program that provides the
42301 \begin_layout Subsection
42303 \begin_inset Index idx
42306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42313 \begin_inset Index idx
42316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42317 Settings ! Date format
42325 \begin_layout Standard
42326 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42327 \begin_inset Newline newline
42331 \begin_inset Flex URL
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42336 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42342 \begin_inset Newline newline
42345 For example the format
42346 \begin_inset Newline newline
42350 \begin_inset Newline newline
42353 prints the date as day/month/year.
42356 \begin_layout Subsection
42360 \begin_layout Description
42362 \begin_inset space ~
42366 \begin_inset space ~
42369 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42372 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42373 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42375 \begin_inset space ~
42381 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42385 \begin_layout Description
42387 \begin_inset space ~
42390 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42395 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42396 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42399 \begin_layout Subsection
42404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42414 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42419 \begin_inset Index idx
42422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42431 \begin_layout Description
42436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42444 \begin_inset space ~
42447 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42452 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42474 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42487 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42488 LyX sets up in the background.
42489 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42492 \begin_layout Description
42494 \begin_inset space ~
42498 \begin_inset space ~
42501 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42506 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42509 \begin_layout Standard
42510 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42511 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42512 manuals of the applications.
42513 Currently the following commands can be set:
42516 \begin_layout Description
42521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42532 command Command for the program
42536 that is described in the section
42542 Additional Features
42547 \begin_layout Description
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42560 \begin_inset space ~
42563 command Command for the program
42567 that generates the bibliography, see section
42568 \begin_inset space ~
42572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42574 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42581 \begin_layout Description
42583 \begin_inset space ~
42586 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42587 \begin_inset space ~
42591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42593 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42600 \begin_layout Description
42602 \begin_inset space ~
42605 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42606 \begin_inset space ~
42610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42612 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42619 \begin_layout Description
42621 \begin_inset space ~
42625 \begin_inset space ~
42629 \begin_inset space ~
42633 \begin_inset space ~
42636 options They only have an effect when the program
42640 is used as DVI-viewer.
42643 \begin_layout Standard
42644 There are additionally the following options:
42647 \begin_layout Description
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42653 \begin_inset space ~
42657 \begin_inset space ~
42661 \begin_inset space ~
42665 \begin_inset space ~
42668 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42686 to separate folders.
42687 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42688 \begin_inset Index idx
42691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42698 \begin_inset Index idx
42701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42710 \begin_layout Description
42712 \begin_inset space ~
42716 \begin_inset space ~
42720 \begin_inset space ~
42724 \begin_inset space ~
42728 \begin_inset space ~
42732 \begin_inset space ~
42735 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42737 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42740 dialog when changing the document class.
42743 \begin_layout Section
42745 \begin_inset space ~
42749 \begin_inset Index idx
42752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42761 \begin_layout Subsection
42763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42765 name "sub:Converters"
42770 \begin_inset Index idx
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42782 \begin_layout Standard
42783 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42784 from one format to another.
42785 You can modify them or create new ones.
42786 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42793 \begin_inset space ~
42803 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42807 \begin_inset space ~
42812 drop-down list, modify the
42816 field, and press the
42823 \begin_layout Standard
42826 Converter File Cache
42828 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42831 Maximum Age (in days
42834 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42835 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42838 \begin_layout Standard
42839 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42840 the converter definition, is described in the section
42851 \begin_layout Subsection
42853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42855 name "sec:File-Formats"
42860 \begin_inset Index idx
42863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42870 \begin_inset Index idx
42873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42882 \begin_layout Standard
42883 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42884 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42888 \begin_layout Standard
42889 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42890 is described in the section
42901 \begin_layout Standard
42902 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42903 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42904 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42905 This is done by specifying a
42910 More about this is described in the section
42921 \begin_layout Chapter
42922 Units available in LyX
42923 \begin_inset Index idx
42926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42935 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42942 \begin_layout Standard
42943 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42946 reference "cap:Units"
42950 explains all units available in LyX.
42953 \begin_layout Standard
42954 \begin_inset Float table
42960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42961 \begin_inset Caption
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42987 \begin_inset Tabular
42988 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42989 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43142 scaled point (65536
43143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43203 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43258 % of original image width
43265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43472 \begin_layout Chapter
43474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43483 \begin_layout Standard
43484 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43485 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43488 \begin_layout Itemize
43491 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43494 \begin_layout Itemize
43500 \begin_layout Itemize
43506 \begin_layout Itemize
43512 \begin_layout Itemize
43518 \begin_layout Itemize
43524 \begin_layout Itemize
43530 \begin_layout Itemize
43536 \begin_layout Itemize
43539 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43542 \begin_layout Itemize
43548 \begin_layout Itemize
43554 \begin_layout Itemize
43560 \begin_layout Itemize
43566 \begin_layout Itemize
43572 \begin_layout Itemize
43578 \begin_layout Itemize
43584 \begin_layout Itemize
43590 \begin_layout Itemize
43592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43601 \begin_layout Standard
43602 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43605 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43612 \begin_layout Bibliography
43613 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43614 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43615 LatexCommand bibitem
43622 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43625 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43630 \begin_inset Newline newline
43634 \begin_inset Flex URL
43637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43639 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43647 \begin_layout Bibliography
43648 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43650 LatexCommand bibitem
43651 key "latexcompanion"
43655 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43657 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43660 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43663 \begin_layout Bibliography
43664 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43665 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43666 LatexCommand bibitem
43671 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43674 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43677 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43680 \begin_layout Bibliography
43681 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43682 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43683 LatexCommand bibitem
43690 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43693 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43696 \begin_layout Bibliography
43697 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43698 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43699 LatexCommand bibitem
43711 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43714 \begin_layout Bibliography
43715 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43717 LatexCommand bibitem
43723 \begin_inset Newline newline
43727 \begin_inset Flex URL
43730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43732 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43740 \begin_layout Bibliography
43741 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43742 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43743 LatexCommand bibitem
43749 \begin_inset Newline newline
43753 \begin_inset Flex URL
43756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43758 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43766 \begin_layout Bibliography
43767 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43768 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43769 LatexCommand bibitem
43775 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43777 name "Documentation"
43778 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43787 \begin_inset Newline newline
43791 \begin_inset Flex URL
43794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43796 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43804 \begin_layout Bibliography
43805 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43806 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43807 LatexCommand bibitem
43813 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43815 name "Documentation"
43816 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43820 how to use the program
43825 \begin_inset Newline newline
43829 \begin_inset Flex URL
43832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43834 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43842 \begin_layout Bibliography
43843 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43844 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43845 LatexCommand bibitem
43851 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43853 name "Documentation"
43854 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43863 \begin_inset Newline newline
43867 \begin_inset Flex URL
43870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43872 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43880 \begin_layout Bibliography
43881 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43882 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43883 LatexCommand bibitem
43889 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43891 name "Documentation"
43892 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43901 \begin_inset Newline newline
43905 \begin_inset Flex URL
43908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43910 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43918 \begin_layout Bibliography
43919 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43920 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43921 LatexCommand bibitem
43927 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43929 name "Documentation"
43930 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43934 of the LaTeX-package
43939 \begin_inset Index idx
43942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43943 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43949 \begin_inset Newline newline
43953 \begin_inset Flex URL
43956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43958 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43966 \begin_layout Bibliography
43967 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43968 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43969 LatexCommand bibitem
43975 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43977 name "Documentation"
43978 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43982 of the LaTeX-package
43987 \begin_inset Index idx
43990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43991 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43997 \begin_inset Newline newline
44001 \begin_inset Flex URL
44004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44006 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
44014 \begin_layout Bibliography
44015 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44016 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44017 LatexCommand bibitem
44025 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44027 name "Documentation"
44028 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
44034 of the LaTeX-package
44039 \begin_inset Index idx
44042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44043 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44049 \begin_inset Newline newline
44053 \begin_inset Flex URL
44056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44058 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
44066 \begin_layout Bibliography
44067 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44068 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44069 LatexCommand bibitem
44075 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44077 name "Documentation"
44078 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
44082 of the LaTeX-package
44087 \begin_inset Index idx
44090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44091 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44097 \begin_inset Newline newline
44101 \begin_inset Flex URL
44104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44106 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44114 \begin_layout Bibliography
44115 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44116 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44117 LatexCommand bibitem
44123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44125 name "Documentation"
44126 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44130 of the LaTeX-package
44135 \begin_inset Index idx
44138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44139 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44145 \begin_inset Newline newline
44149 \begin_inset Flex URL
44152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44154 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44162 \begin_layout Bibliography
44163 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44164 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44165 LatexCommand bibitem
44171 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44173 name "Documentation"
44174 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44178 of the LaTeX-package
44183 \begin_inset Index idx
44186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44187 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44193 \begin_inset Newline newline
44197 \begin_inset Flex URL
44200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44202 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44210 \begin_layout Bibliography
44211 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44212 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44213 LatexCommand bibitem
44219 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44222 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44226 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44227 \begin_inset Newline newline
44231 \begin_inset Flex URL
44234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44236 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44244 \begin_layout Bibliography
44245 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44246 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44247 LatexCommand bibitem
44253 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44256 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44260 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44261 \begin_inset Newline newline
44265 \begin_inset Flex URL
44268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44270 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44278 \begin_layout Bibliography
44279 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44280 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44281 LatexCommand bibitem
44287 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44290 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44294 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44295 \begin_inset Newline newline
44299 \begin_inset Flex URL
44302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44304 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44312 \begin_layout Bibliography
44313 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44314 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44315 LatexCommand bibitem
44321 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44324 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44328 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44329 \begin_inset Newline newline
44333 \begin_inset Flex URL
44336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44338 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44346 \begin_layout Bibliography
44347 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44348 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44349 LatexCommand bibitem
44355 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44358 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44362 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44363 \begin_inset Newline newline
44367 \begin_inset Flex URL
44370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44372 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44380 \begin_layout Bibliography
44381 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44382 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44383 LatexCommand bibitem
44389 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44392 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44396 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44397 \begin_inset Newline newline
44401 \begin_inset Flex URL
44404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44406 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44414 \begin_layout Bibliography
44415 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44416 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44417 LatexCommand bibitem
44423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44426 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44430 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44431 \begin_inset Newline newline
44435 \begin_inset Flex URL
44438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44440 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44448 \begin_layout Bibliography
44449 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44450 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44451 LatexCommand bibitem
44457 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44460 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44464 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44465 \begin_inset Newline newline
44469 \begin_inset Flex URL
44472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44474 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44482 \begin_layout Bibliography
44483 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44484 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44485 LatexCommand bibitem
44491 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44494 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44498 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44499 \begin_inset Newline newline
44503 \begin_inset Flex URL
44506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44508 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44516 \begin_layout Bibliography
44517 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44518 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44519 LatexCommand bibitem
44525 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44528 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44532 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44533 \begin_inset Newline newline
44537 \begin_inset Flex URL
44540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44542 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44550 \begin_layout Bibliography
44551 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44552 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44553 LatexCommand bibitem
44559 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44562 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44566 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44567 \begin_inset Newline newline
44571 \begin_inset Flex URL
44574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44576 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44584 \begin_layout Bibliography
44585 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44587 LatexCommand bibitem
44593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44596 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44600 about new features in
44605 \begin_inset Newline newline
44609 \begin_inset Flex URL
44612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44614 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44622 \begin_layout Standard
44623 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44657 \begin_inset Note Note
44660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44667 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44668 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44669 bibliography is the second one:
44677 \begin_layout Standard
44678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44679 LatexCommand bibtex
44680 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44681 options "biblio/alphadin"
44688 \begin_layout Standard
44689 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44692 \begin_layout Standard
44695 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44696 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44702 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44703 LatexCommand printindex